all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manual | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 |
|
Users Manual | Users Manual | 4.43 MiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 4.21 MiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 |
|
External Photos | External Photos | 912.62 KiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 | ID Label/Location Info | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
ID Label Info | ID Label/Location Info | 294.97 KiB | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Block Diagram | Block Diagram | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
EMC Test Report (1) | Test Report | 1.22 MiB | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
EMC Test Set- Up Photos | Test Setup Photos | 798.49 KiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 | Operational Description | Operational Description | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Operational Description (2) | Operational Description | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Schematics (1) | Schematics | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Schematics (2) | Schematics | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Schematics (3) | Schematics | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | schematics (4) | Schematics | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Operational Description (1) | Operational Description | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | RF Exposure Info | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
SAR Test Set- Up Photos | Test Setup Photos | 514.35 KiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 4 | Attestation Statements | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | Schematics | Schematics | September 23 2022 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Client Non-associated Mode Attestation | Attestation Statements | 142.48 KiB | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
DFS Test report | Test Report | 1.01 MiB | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Users Manual | Users Manual | 4.43 MiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release |
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Disclaimer WARNING Honeywell International Inc. (HII) reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this document without prior notice, and the reader should in all cases consult HII to determine whether any such changes have been made. HII makes no representation or warranties regarding the information provided in this publication. CAUTION HII shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein; nor for incidental or consequential damages resulting from the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated into another language without the prior written consent of HII. 2022 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Other product names or marks mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies and are the property of their respective owners. Web Address: www.honeywellaidc.com Other product names or marks mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies and are the property of their respective owners. Patents For patent information, please refer to www.hsmpats.com. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide ii TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 - A700/A700x Voice-Enabled Devices Device Features Introduction A700 and A700x LED indicators Device State Indicator Battery Charging Indicator Battery Health Indicator Near Field Communication (NFC) Indicator Bluetooth Indicator Network Indicator TouchConfig: Bringing Additional A700/A700x Devices Online A700/A700x Battery Charging an A700/A700x Battery in a Device Charging an A700/A700x Battery in a Charger Inserting a Battery into a Talkman A700/A700x Device Removing a Battery from a Talkman A700/A700x Device Battery Warm-Up Time Installing the USB Driver on Windows Collecting Platform Debug Logs from A700 Devices Using the A700/A700x Turning On an A700/A700x Turning Off an A700/A700x Powering Off by Using the Play/Pause Button 1 1 2 4 4 6 7 7 8 9 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 iii Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Precautions Loading an Operator's Templates on A700/A700x Adjusting the Voice on A700/A700x Adjusting the Pitch on A700/A700x Adjusting the Volume Using Voice on A700/A700x Adjusting the Volume Using Device Buttons on A700/A700x Adjusting the Speed on A700/A700x Changing the Speaker's Gender on A700/A700x Options for Hearing Impaired Users Cleaning Procedures for Honeywell Equipment Cleaning Plastics Cleaning Hard Plastics Cleaning Foam and Pliable Plastics Cleaning Contacts Understanding Talkman Commands Template Training Options Training with the Talkman Device Only Visual Training Devices Training through VoiceConsole's Display Training Using a Printed List of Words Scanning with the Talkman A730/A730x Device A730 / A730x Scanner Configuration Symbology Specific Postnet Planet British Post Office (BPO) Canada Post Australian Post Japan Post Sweden Post Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 17 17 19 20 21 21 22 23 25 25 26 26 26 26 27 27 28 29 29 29 30 31 31 31 32 33 33 34 35 36 iv Infomail Intelligent Mail Codabar Code 93 Code 39 Code 128 Interleaved 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 MSI Code Plessey Code Standard 2 of 5 Telepen Code 11 EAN / UPC PDF417 Codablock TLC 39 GS1 DataBar Maxicode Aztec Datamatrix QR Code GS1 Composite IATA 2 of 5 Tri-Optic Code 32 China Post Korea Post USPS 4-State Coupon Code 37 37 38 39 40 42 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 53 55 55 56 57 58 59 59 60 61 62 63 63 64 65 66 v Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide ID Tag Han Xin Code Imager Generic Message Format Decoding Security Imager Data Manipulation Multicode Data Editing Talkman A700/A700x VMT Installation Guide Review A700/A700x VMT Installation Best Practices Protect Talkman devices from damage Consider additional options from RAM Mounts Lock parts into place if they might be moved during normal operations Secure VMT cabling Select A700/A700x VMT Mounting Option Screw-on Mount Clamp Mount Claw Mount Install Vehicle Dock Talkman VMT Parts and Accessories Vehicle-Powered Vehicle Mount Configurations Battery-Powered Vehicle Mount Configurations Positioning the Talkman A700/A700x Vehicle Dock Position the Talkman A700/A700x VMT Install the Mounting Brackets Mounting Brackets for a Talkman A700/A700x Vehicle Dock Route the Electrical Cables Precautions Assemble the Vehicle Battery Cable Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 66 67 68 68 68 69 70 70 74 77 77 78 78 79 79 79 80 80 81 82 84 84 86 87 87 88 88 90 91 91 vi Connect to the Top Battery Terminal Connect to the Side Battery Terminal Fasten the Ground Wire Attach the A700/A700x VMT to the Vehicle Remove the A700/A700x VMT from the Vehicle Chapter 2 - Wireless Headsets Choosing the Right Headset Honeywell Wireless Headset Features Care and Use SRX2 and SRX3 Industrial Use Headsets Introduction to the SRX2 and SRX3 Headsets Headset Functions and LED Patterns for SRX2/SRX3 Headset Function Power on User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Power off User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Increase volume User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Decrease volume 92 92 93 94 94 95 95 96 96 96 97 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 100 100 100 100 vii Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Mute User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Unmute User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Force disconnect for manual pairing in low power mode User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Switch to high power pairing when pairing in low power mode has failed User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Normal operation, paired and connected User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Paired but connection dropped, possibly out of range Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 100 100 100 100 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 102 102 102 102 102 102 102 103 103 103 103 103 103 104 104 104 104 104 104 viii User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone Update headset software User Action Headset Mode LED Pattern Tone SRX2/SRX3 Modular Design Sharing the SRX2/SRX3 Headset Operator Profiles and Shared Headsets SRX2/SRX3 Headset Compatibility SRX3 SRX2 SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charging SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset Batteries Inserting a Battery into the SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset Removing a Battery from an SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset SRX2/SRX3 Battery Warm-Up Time SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset Installing the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Clip Attaching the SRX2/SRX3 to a Hard Hat Wearing the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset Storing the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset Replacing an Earpad on the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat or High-Noise Headset SRX2/SRX3 High-Noise Headset Replacing an Earpad on the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat or High-Noise Headset Using The SRX2/SRX3 Headset 104 104 104 104 104 104 105 105 105 105 106 107 108 108 108 109 109 110 111 112 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 118 119 ix Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Attaching the SRX2/SRX3 Electronic Module to a Headband SRX3 Flip-To-Mute Feature Flip-to-Mute and VoiceCatalyst Within the VoiceCatalyst menus During Noise Sample or Training/Retraining Templates During Tasks No Operator or No Task Loaded Disconnect and Reconnect Same Headset Disconnect and Reconnect Different Headset Removing the Electronic Module from a Headband Replace the T-Bar Pad SRX2 SRX3 Options for Hearing Impaired Users Headset Parameters About Pairing Wireless Headsets Pairing versus Connecting Pairing-related Configuration Parameters Cross Pairing SRX2/SRX3 Headset Pairing Methods SRX3 Pairing Modes SRX2 Pairing Modes Pairing Methods TouchConnect Auto pairing Manual pairing VoiceConsole pairing Screen-Based pairing Pairing an SRX2/SRX3 Headset Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 119 121 121 121 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 125 127 127 128 128 128 129 129 129 129 129 129 130 130 131 131 131 x Pairing with A700/A700x Using TouchConnect Auto Pairing with A700/A700x Manual Pairing with A700/A700x Screen-Based Pairing with a Handheld Device Handheld Device Pairing Status Icons Pairing by VoiceConsole Pairing More about SRX2/SRX3 Pairing Modes Placing Headsets in Pairing Modes Breaking a Pairing Wearing an SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset Stability Strap Installation Dual Stability Strap Installation Install Insert, T-Bar Side Install Insert, Speaker Side Replace an Earpad Chapter 3 - Wired Headsets Choosing the Right Headset Headset Features Care and Use SL-14 Vocollect Light Industrial Behind-the-Head Headset SL-14 Headset Specifications Wearing the SL-14 Behind-the-Head Headset Proper Use and Care Instructions for SL-14 Headsets SR-15 Vocollect Behind-the-Head Headset SR-15 Headset Specifications Wearing the SR-15 Behind-the-Head Headset Removing the SR-15 Headset Adjustment Strap Attaching the SR-15 Headset Adjustment Strap Replacing the Headband Cord Clip on the SR-15 Headset 131 134 135 136 136 137 137 138 139 140 140 142 142 143 144 147 147 148 148 148 149 150 150 150 151 152 152 153 153 xi Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-15 Headset SR-20-Series Vocollect Lightweight Headset SR-20 Headset Specifications SR-20 with Straight Cord SR-20 with Coiled Cord SR-21 Headset Specifications Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-20 Series Headsets SR-30 Vocollect High-Noise Headset SR-30 Headset Specifications SR-31 Headset Specifications Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-30, SR-35 and the SR-40 Headsets SR-35 Vocollect Hard-Hat Headset Installing the SR-35 Headset to a Hard Hat SR-35 Headset Specifications Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-30, SR-35 and the SR-40 Headsets SR-40 Vocollect Dual-Cup Headset SR-40 Headset Specifications Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-30, SR-35 and the SR-40 Headsets Wearing a Wired Headset Chapter 4 - Accessories Belts and Holsters A700 Belt Specifications A700 Holster Specifications Using the Talkman Scanning Device Holster Using the Talkman Device Holster Inline Adapter Cables: Talkman and Handheld Devices Connecting Inline Adapter Training Cables Chapter 5 - Chargers Tips for Use Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 154 155 155 155 156 157 157 158 158 159 159 160 160 160 161 162 162 163 163 167 167 167 168 168 169 169 170 171 171 xii A700/A700x Chargers A700/A700x 6-Bay Device Charger A700/A700xBattery Charger A700/A700x Battery Charger LED Indicators Charger Port Indicators Battery Port Indicators Talkman Device Charger and Battery Charger Wall Mount Mounting the A700/A700x Battery Charger SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charger SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charger Specifications SRX2/SRX3 Battery Charger LED Indicators Charger Port Indicators Battery Port Indicators Headset Battery Charger Wall Mount Mounting the SRX2/SRX3 Battery Chargers Chapter 6 - Peripherals Bluetooth Peripherals Wireless Headsets Bar Code Scanners Honeywell 8690i Wearable RFID Mini Mobile Computer Device as Initiator Configure 8690i Configure task and VoiceConsole 8690i as Initiator Configure task and VoiceConsole TouchConnect Unpairing the 8690i Honeywell 8680i Wearable Mini Mobile Computer Device as Initiator 171 172 172 173 173 173 174 175 176 177 178 178 178 179 179 181 181 181 181 181 181 181 182 182 183 183 184 185 185 xiii Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Configure 8680i Configure task and VoiceConsole 8680i as Initiator Configure task and VoiceConsole TouchConnect Unpairing the 8680i Honeywell 8670 Wireless Ring Scanner Device as Initiator Configure 8670 Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole 8670 Scanner as Initiator Configure task and VoiceConsole Honeywell Granit 1911i Scanner Device as Initiator Configure Granit 1911i Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Scanner as Initiator Configure task and VoiceConsole Intermec SF51 Scanner Device as Initiator Configure SF51 Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Scanner as Initiator Configure SF51 Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Intermec SF61B Scanner Device as Initiator Configure SF61B Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Scanner as Initiator Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 185 186 186 187 187 188 189 189 189 189 190 190 191 191 191 191 192 192 193 193 193 194 194 194 195 195 195 195 196 196 xiv Configure SF61B Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Intermec SR61 Scanner Device as Initiator Configure SR61 Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Scanner as Initiator Configure SR61 Scanner Configure task and VoiceConsole Zebra RS5100 Scanner Scanner as Initiator Configure RS5100 Scanner Configure Task and VoiceConsole Zebra RS6000 Scanner Scanner as Initiator Configure RS6000 Scanner Configure Task and VoiceConsole ProGlove MARK Basic Wearable Scanner Device as initiator Configure Task and VoiceConsole ProGlove MARK 2 Wearable Scanner Device as initiator Configure Task and VoiceConsole Printers Honeywell RP2D Printer Configure RP2D Printer Configure task and VoiceConsole Honeywell RP4D Printers Configure RP4D Printer Configure task and VoiceConsole 196 197 197 197 197 198 198 198 199 199 199 199 200 200 201 201 201 202 202 202 202 203 203 203 203 203 203 204 204 204 xv Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Intermec PB22 Printer Configure PB22 Printer Configure task and VoiceConsole Intermec PB50 Printers Configure PB50 Printer Configure task and VoiceConsole Zebra QL320 Plus Printer Configure QL320 Plus Printer Configure task and VoiceConsole Zebra QL420 Plus Printer Configure QL320 Plus Printer Configure task and VoiceConsole Serial Peripherals Serial Scanners Serial Printers Training Devices QTERM-G55 Honeywell Dolphin CT60 Additional Peripheral Connection Information Understanding Device Connections Device Ports Vocollect Connector for Wired Scanners Connecting Peripherals to a Talkman Device Disconnecting Peripherals from a Talkman Device Scanner Connections for Wired Scanners Data Encoding Printer Options Stationary Printers Wearable Printers Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 205 205 207 207 207 209 210 210 210 210 210 211 211 211 211 211 211 212 212 212 212 213 214 214 214 215 215 215 216 xvi Understanding Bluetooth Bluetooth Range Bluetooth Device Roles Bluetooth Security Bluetooth Scanner Considerations Bluetooth Printer Considerations Basic Bluetooth Roles and Concepts Bluetooth with Talkman A700/A700x Solution Configuring Bluetooth Capabilities with VoiceConsole Pairing Initiated by a Talkman Device Pairing Initiated by a Bluetooth Device Barcode Identifier Label for Pairing Scanners Appendix A - Device Specifications A710x Specifications A720x Specifications A730x Specifications A710 Specifications A720 Specifications A730 Specifications A700x Product Battery Specifications Electrical Specifications Mechanical and Environmental Specifications Battery Notifications A700 6-Bay Device Charger Specifications A700 12-Bay Battery Charger Specifications SRX2/SRX3 Specifications SRX3 Wireless Headset Specifications SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset Specifications 217 217 217 217 218 218 218 219 220 220 221 222 223 223 224 226 228 229 231 232 233 233 233 234 235 236 236 237 xvii Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide SRX3 High Noise Headset Specifications SRX2 Wireless Headset Specifications SRX2 Hard-Hat Headset Specifications SRX2 High Noise Headset Specifications SRX2/SRX3 Battery Specifications Electrical Specifications Mechanical and Environmental Specifications Battery Notifications SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charger Specifications Appendix B - Part Numbers Part Numbers: Vocollect Talkman Devices Part Numbers: Talkman Accessories Part Numbers: Wireless Headsets Part Numbers: Wireless Headset Accessories Part Numbers: Wired Headsets Part Numbers: Wired Headset Accessories Part Numbers: Chargers Appendix C - Care and Use Cleaning Procedures for Honeywell Equipment Cleaning Plastics Cleaning Hard Plastics Cleaning Foam and Pliable Plastics Cleaning Contacts Care and Use of Voice Equipment Headsets and Microphones Product Use and Care Using Headsets in Freezer Environments Cleaning Windscreens Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 238 239 241 242 243 243 243 244 244 247 247 247 248 249 251 251 253 255 255 255 255 255 256 256 256 256 257 257 xviii Cleaning Headsets Cleaning the Headband Pad General Safety Guidelines Statement of Agency Compliance Honeywell Battery Safety and Best Practices Battery Safety Battery Best Practices Handling Used Batteries About Sending Equipment Back for Repairs Packaging Items for Return to Honeywell Appendix D - Troubleshooting Equipment Problems I Can't Hear Anything Through the Headset The Scanner will not Scan The Device Beeps Every Few Seconds The Device Will Not Load a Voice Application The Device Will Not Load an Operator Template The Device Does Not Respond to Button Presses The Device Will Not Turn On The Device Keeps Shutting Off Troubleshooting Problems Indicated by LED My Headset Won't Stay On Headset Pairing FAQ Understanding Device Connections Device Ports Vocollect Connector for Wired Scanners Connecting Peripherals to a Talkman Device Disconnecting Peripherals from a Talkman Device Scanner Connections for Wired Scanners 258 259 259 259 259 260 260 261 261 262 263 263 263 264 264 264 264 264 265 265 265 265 266 266 267 268 268 268 xix Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Data Encoding Printer Options Stationary Printers Wearable Printers Understanding Bluetooth Bluetooth Range Bluetooth Device Roles Bluetooth Security Bluetooth Scanner Considerations Bluetooth Printer Considerations Basic Bluetooth Roles and Concepts Bluetooth with Talkman A700/A700x Solution Configuring Bluetooth Capabilities with VoiceConsole Pairing Initiated by a Talkman Device Pairing Initiated by a Bluetooth Device Barcode Identifier Label for Pairing Scanners About Pairing Other Peripheral Devices About Error Messages Numbered Error Messages Spoken Error Messages Troubleshooting Peripheral Problems Troubleshooting Display Devices Troubleshooting Bluetooth Scanners The Scanner will not Scan The Talkman Device Does Not Receive Scanned Data The Pairing with the Talkman Breaks Often We Have Incorrect Pairings and RF Interference Troubleshooting Wired Scanners Troubleshooting Bluetooth Printers Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 269 269 269 270 270 270 271 271 271 271 272 272 273 273 274 275 276 276 277 282 285 285 285 285 286 286 287 287 288 xx Troubleshooting Wi-Fi Printers Appendix E - Honeywell Regulatory Compliance Product Documentation Statement of Agency Compliance Federal Communications Commission Compliance RF Exposure Statement Canadian Compliance Mexican Compliance Chinese Compliance Terminals Headsets Chargers Batteries Taiwan Compliance Korean Compliance Russian Compliance CE Marking & European Compliance A700x SRX3 United Kingdom Contact Regulatory Approvals for Bluetooth Radio Devices Laser Compliance and Precaution (USA, Canada ) A730x Imager Compliance and Precaution (USA, Canada ) A730x Imager Compliance and Precaution (Europe) A730x Declarations of Conformity 288 289 289 291 296 297 299 299 300 300 302 303 305 307 308 309 309 310 314 315 315 316 316 317 317 318 318 318 xxi Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A700x Radio Domain Information Country Codes 2.4G Regulatory Domains 5G Regulatory Domains 318 318 324 325 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide xxii CHAPTER 1 A700/A700x VOICE-ENABLED DEVICES Vocollect Talkman devices are wearable appliances used with Vocollect headsets to enable voice-directed work. Operators listen to instructions from these devices to perform tasks such as warehouse order picking and factory floor inspection, and then speak simple phrases to enter data. All Talkman devices leave the operator's hands free to inspect items, pick products, drive vehicles, or repair defects. Device Features A700/A700x series devices are rugged appliances designed for industrial use. These devices attach to a customized belt or shoulder harness, depending on device type, equipped with a specially designed clip. The Talkman A700 VMT is an A700/A700x series device with a battery adapter mounted to a warehouse vehicle, such as a forklift. After the device is mounted, the battery adapter is placed in the battery area of the device and connected to the vehicle's power source. The A700x and A700 share a similar design. The main differences are:
l Operating system: A700x has a Linux kernel OS while the A700 has a Microsoft Windows CE OS. l Device color: The A700x is primarily black. The A700 is primarily blue. l Voice software: The A700x and A700 use different voice software versions. Refer to the Voice Software User Guide for details. The A700x and A700 share most accessories. l The A700x and the A700 batteries are interchangeable, although they differ in color. l The A700 battery charger charges both A700x and A700 batteries. l The A700 device charger accepts and charges A700x and A700 devices. 1 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Honeywell A710, A720, and A730 Honeywell A710x, A720x, and A730x For more details, refer to the "Device Specifications"
Introduction Getting to Know the Vocollect Talkman A700 and A700x Devices Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 2 159786423101410111213 A700 and A700x Components 1. Device state indicator 8. Network connectivity indicator 2. Play/Pause button 9. Operator button 3. Battery indicator 10. End cap: Varies by model 4. Plus button 5. Minus button 11. TouchConfig/TouchConnect area 12. Battery release button 6. Bluetooth indicator 13. Battery 7. Near Field Communication indicator 14. Maintenance port The Talkman A700/A700x solution is a set of voice-centric appliances, each of which is a unique tool designed for a specific set of DC workflows, so each customer can pick the best tools for their needs. Each member of the solution has a USB port that is used for maintenance, loading software, and connecting supervisor audio. The different appliances share the same standard platform. The devices can integrate into various IT environments, provide an advanced battery management solution, and help customers keep better track of their devices. The Talkman A710 and A710x are designed for use with Bluetooth wireless headsets and peripherals. The Talkman A720 and A720x have two Talkman connectors for attaching wired headsets
(yellow port) and wired peripherals (red/blue port). The Talkman A730 and A730x support both 1D and 2D bar codes using an imager for short range scanning, up to 75 centimeters (29.53 inches) depending on bar code size. The design supports common use cases such as tote induction or capturing the weight of specific products. It supports all of the popular symbologies. See Scanner Configuration for a full list. CAUTION The scanner is designed for occasional use and should not be used more than six times per hour. Other scanning devices more suited to hands-free and eyes-free scanning should be used for optimum performance. All devices have maintenance ports that can be connected to a computer with a standard USB cable. Honeywell also offers a cable with an audio jack that can be used for connecting a listening kit. 3 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A700 and A700x LED indicators Vocollect Talkman devices, wireless headsets, and their chargers have LEDs that indicate the state of the equipment. These LEDs may be on, off or blink. In some cases an LED will blink, alternating between two colors. The Talkman products have several LED indicators to inform you of different states. The indicators and their blinking patterns are described in the following sections:
Device State Indicator The device state indicator is a ring that is divided into a large and small segment:
Color Blink Pattern Device State Off Off Off Green Small segment pulse Sleep Green Small segment on On Green Solid ring Charging complete Green Fast blink Touch Config or TouchConnect successful Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 4 Color Blink Pattern Device State Yellow Rotating ring Loading or changing operator Loading or changing task Loading or changing voice Starting up Yellow Solid ring Charging Yellow Small segment pulse The device is running in Platform only mode Yellow Small segment on TouchConfig sender mode entered Yellow Large segment on TouchConfig receiver mode entered Red Rotating ring Firmware load Shutting down 5 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Color Blink Pattern Device State Red Ring on Early boot Red Fast blink Charging fault or in charger or connected to power supply without battery TouchConfig or TouchConnect not successful Battery Charging Indicator Color Blink Pattern Battery State Off Off Not seated in charger or charger not on Yellow On Charging Green On Charging complete Red Fast blink Charging fault Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 6 Battery Health Indicator Indicator Blink Pattern Indicator Color Off Off On Red Battery Charging State The battery in the device has no battery health issues.In other words, the battery is healthy. The battery in the device has a health issue. Notes A user can use a fully charged battery with a health issue. However, the supervisor should refer to VoiceConsole to get more information regarding the battery health issue, which might mean replacing the battery. Refer to the VoiceConsole online help for more information on the battery health statistics. WARNING Replace a battery only with another battery that has been authorized by Honeywell for the product you are using. Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. See also Honeywell Battery Safety Near Field Communication (NFC) Indicator Blink Pattern NFC State Off NFC radio is disabled. Fast blink The device is scanning for a tag. 7 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Blink Pattern NFC State Blink TouchConfig sender or receiver mode entered On (for one second then off) The device successfully read a tag. Slow pulse Readable - act as a tag Bluetooth Indicator Blink Pattern Bluetooth State Off On Bluetooth radio is disabled. Device is searching for other Bluetooth devices. Fast blink Device is attempting to connect to another Bluetooth device. Pulse Bluetooth is connected to a peripheral. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 8 Blink Pattern Bluetooth State Discoverable Blink Pattern Device Bluetooth is discoverable by other devices. Slow Pulse Bluetooth is on and enabled, but is not connected, not in discovery or paging mode, and not discoverable. Network Indicator Network Indicator Network State What is Happening When This Occurs Off Fast Blink Pulse Radio enabled but unconfigured The radio is powered on but the device is not attempting to connect to the network. No network is defined for the device. Radio enabled and connecting to network The radio is powered on and is scanning, associating, and authenticating. On first connection, on re-association and after every roaming out of network. Connected to network Full network connection. The device may be requesting and receiving an IP address. TIP If the LEDs indicate that there is a problem, refer to information on troubleshooting to solve the problem. See also Troubleshooting Problems Indicated by LED. TouchConfig: Bringing Additional A700/A700x Devices Online Prerequisite: A single device has been configured. The following instructions are for configuring additional devices. 9 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide IMPORTANT TouchConfig can only be used with similar devices. An A700x can TouchConfig other A700x devices but cannot TouchConfig A700 devices. Similarly, an A700 device can only TouchConfig other A700 devices. NOTE TouchConfig uses near field communication (NFC). Data sent through NFC is not encrypted nor does it follow any specific safety protocol. This is because the transfer occurs over such a short range that it is nearly impossible for data to be intercepted. 1. Ensure that all devices are off. 2. On the configured device, press and hold the Plus (+) button then press the Play/Pause button to put the device into sender mode. The ring's small segment will be solid yellow and the NFC indicator will blink yellow. 3. On the unconfigured devices, press and hold the Minus (-) button then press the Play/Pause button to put the devices into receiver mode. The ring's large segment will be solid yellow and the NFC indicator will blink yellow. 4. Turn each of the unconfigured devices so that the sides with the 5. Hold the configured device so that the side of the device that has the symbol are facing up. symbol is facing down. Align the raised oval on the device with the raised oval on an unconfigured device. Ensure that the ovals are fully aligned, then hold the two devices steadily against each other. 6. Watch the device state LED indicator ring on the receiving device to confirm configuration success or failure. Successful configuration transfer: The receiving device LED indicator ring blinks green for about two seconds, then the indicator signals the device reboot process (flashes red briefly, then rotates yellow around the ring, then rotates red). Unsuccessful configuration transfer: indicator ring blinks red for about two seconds, then returns to receiver mode. If using static IP addresses be sure to follow the steps below to prevent IP address conflicts on the network. For DHCP, skip to step 8. 7. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 10 a. The sending device must remain powered off or in sending state until these steps are completed. b. Once the receiving device has established communication with VoiceConsole, the profile needs to be loaded again to set the correct static IP address for the receiving device. c. After the receiving devices has completed the profile load and is confirmed to be using the new IP address, the sending device can be restarted. 8. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 for any remaining unconfigured devices. A700/A700x Battery CAUTION A700x and A700 batteries are interchangeable, though the color may differ. However, these device batteries and other Honeywell batteries are not interchangeable. If you try to insert the wrong battery into a device, you may damage the device and the battery. A700x and A700 devices use a Honeywell Charger that charges the high-performance battery while still seated in a device and a separate charger for charging batteries that have been removed from the device. Charging an A700/A700x Battery in a Device CAUTION Do not attempt to place the device into the charger unless you have first disconnected the headset and any other peripheral devices. Do not remove the battery from the device when placing a device into a charger. 1. Remove the device from the belt clip. 2. Disconnect any wired peripherals. 3. Insert the device into an open slot on the charger, ensuring that the battery contact side of the device is placed against the battery contact side of the slot. 4. After the device has been placed into the charger, make sure that the device state indicator on the device turns on a solid yellow. 11 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l If the indicator does not turn on after 30 seconds, remove the device from the charger slot and then place it into the slot again. l If the indicator still does not turn on, try another charger slot. 5. When the device battery is charged, the device state indicator is lit green. Charging an A700/A700x Battery in a Charger NOTE l A battery is fully charged and can be removed from the charger when the ring LED indicator light for that port on the charger is green. l If you insert a fully charged battery into a charger, the charger will analyze the battery's status and indicate charge status immediately. 1. Make sure the battery charger is powered. To power on the charger, connect the power supply to the charger and a power source. The LED indicator light at the bottom right of the charger face panel should be solid green. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 12 2. Power off the device. 3. Remove the battery from the device. 4. Hold the battery with the pins downward and facing away from you, and push it onto an empty port on the battery charger until it snaps into place. 5. The ring LED lights yellow to indicate the battery is charging. 6. When the ring LED indicator turns a solid green, the battery is fully charged. Pull the battery off the charger port to insert it into the device. Inserting a Battery into a Talkman A700/A700x Device Make sure the battery to be inserted is fully charged. 1. Hold the Talkman so that the battery compartment is facing up. 2. Hold the battery with the rounded side up. 3. Place the battery in at an angle, pins end first. 4. Push the back of the battery into place. You will hear a click when the battery is in place. 13 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide CAUTION Do not force the battery into the compartment. You may damage the battery or the device. If the battery does not snap easily into place, reposition the battery in the compartment and try again. Make sure the battery is firmly in place and can't be removed without pressing the battery release button. WARNING Replace a battery only with another battery that has been authorized by Honeywell for the product you are using. Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. See also Honeywell Battery Safety Removing a Battery from a Talkman A700/A700x Device Make sure the Talkman device is off. CAUTION Do not remove the battery until the LED indicator is off. If you remove the battery when the device is on or sleeping, any data collected could be lost. 1. Hold the device in one hand. 2. Press the battery release button all the way down until the top of the battery pops out from the battery compartment. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 14 3. Lift the battery out of the compartment. Battery Warm-Up Time If a battery has been used in a cold environment, it will not begin charging until it warms up sufficiently. Temperature of battery use Approximate warm-up time
-4 C (24.8 F)
-10 C (14.0 F)
-20 C (-4 F)
-30 C (-22 F) 6 minutes 10 minutes 22 minutes 30 minutes Installing the USB Driver on Windows When you connect an A700x or A700 device to your Windows PC, the PC will search for a USB driver to install.If the PC is configured to search for drivers online and the connection succeeds, the driver will install automatically and the A700x or A700 device will be ready to use. If the automatic installation fails, follow these steps. 1. Navigate to the .inf and .cat files in the USB Driver folder on the VoiceConsole software DVD and save both files to your computer. 2. Open Device Manager and locate Talkman USB Serial. 3. Right click it and select Update Driver. 4. Select Browse my computer for driver software. 5. Select Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer. 15 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 6. Click Have Disk. Navigate to the location where you saved the .inf and .cat files. 7. Select the TalkmanUsbSerial.inf file. If there is a driver warning, or a prompt about proceeding, indicate that you want to continue. Collecting Platform Debug Logs from A700 Devices Make sure that the USB driver is installed for the PC that you are using to collect logs. 1. Using a standard USB cable, connect the device to a computer. 2. Power on the device. 3. On your computer, run a serial terminal emulator, such as HyperTerminal, using the following settings:
l Bits per Second: 57600 l Data Bits: 8 l Parity: None l Stop Bits: 1 l Flow Control: None The device transfers platform logs 30 seconds after connection and then once a minute after that. The results are viewable within the serial terminal emulator window. Using the A700/A700x Turning On an A700/A700x Before you turn on a device, make sure a headset and charged battery are properly connected to it. 1. Press the Play/Pause button on the device. 2. Observe the LED on the device. l The LED ring is yellow and rotates. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 16 l Then the ring segment turns solid green. 3. The device says, "Current operator is operator name. Please keep quiet for a few seconds."
The device then starts a noise sample. 4. After a brief pause, it says, "Please wait." After another pause, the device begins asking questions or providing instructions. Turning Off an A700/A700x Powering Off by Using the Play/Pause Button Press and hold the Play/Pause button until the LED indicator turns red. The ring rotates red and the device will store any data that has not been transmitted. After a few seconds, the device says, "Powering off." The device turns off, and the LED indicator light goes out. Precautions l Do not remove the battery until the LED indicator is off. If you remove the battery when the device is on or sleeping, any data collected could be lost. l You should not turn off the device if the LED indicator has a rotating red ring , unless it has been rotating red for several minutes. If a device is turned off in this state, it may not be ready to use when it is turned back on. Loading an Operator's Templates on A700/A700x You need a device with a charged battery, headset, and any other equipment (belt, bar code reader) you are going to use. You must be within radio range. 17 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Make sure the device is on or sleeping. The device should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring (sleeping). If the device is off or sleeping, press the Play/Pause button. 1. Press the Operator button.The device says "Current operator is operator name. Select menu item."
2. Press the + button or button until the device says, "Change operator."
3. Press the Operator button. 4. The device says, "Please wait" and retrieves a list of operators and teams. Wait for the device to say, "Select team". l If the device says "Current operator is (operator name). Change operator", skip to step 8. 5. Press the + button or button to scroll through the list of operator teams until you hear the name of a team to which you belong. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 18 6. Press the operator button. The device says, "Please wait" and retrieves a list of all operators who belong to the team that was selected. The device then says, "Current operator is (operator name). Select new operator."
7. Press the + button or button to scroll through the list of available operator names until you hear your name. l If you do not hear your name, press the yellow play/pause button to cancel this operation and start over from step 2. l When selecting a team in step 5, choose the "All Operators" team. l Consult with your supervisor if you are not listed in the "All Operators" team. 8. Press the operator button. The device says, "Loading operator" and loads your templates. Once it has loaded your templates, the device says, "Current operator is (your operator name). Good night." The device then goes to sleep. The next time you turn the device on, it will be ready to use. Adjusting the Voice on A700/A700x Each Vocollect Talkman device uses Vocollect Voice software to provide instructions to the operator and prompt him or her for responses. The actual voice that speaks to the operator can be adjusted in several ways so that the operator can hear and understand the information clearly. l Adjust the pitch of the voice lower or higher l Adjust the volume of the voice louder or softer l Adjust the speed of the voice slower or faster l Change the gender of the voice to male or female 19 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide TIP Before making any changes to the voice, make sure that the device is on or sleeping. The device ring LED should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring
(sleeping). Adjusting the Pitch on A700/A700x Make sure the device is on or sleeping. The device should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring (sleeping). If the device is off or sleeping, press the Play/Pause button. NOTE You can only adjust the pitch for certain languages and certain Voices. 1. Press the Operator button. The device says "Current operator is operator name. Select menu item."
2. Press the + or button until the device says "Change pitch."
3. Press the Operator button. If you use the + button to scroll through the options, Change Pitch is the fifth menu item in the list. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 20 4. Press the + button to make the voice higher or the button to make the voice lower. The device says "higher" each time you press the + button and "lower" each time you press the button. If the pitch of the voice is at the highest possible setting, it says "This is highest." If the pitch of the voice is at the lowest possible setting, it says "This is lowest."
NOTE You can exit this menu without changing the settings by pressing the Play/Pause button before you press the Operator button. 5. When the pitch reaches the level you want, press the Operator button to save the new pitch setting. Adjusting the Volume Using Voice on A700/A700x Make sure the device is on or sleeping. The device should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring (sleeping). If the device is off or sleeping, press the Play/Pause button. 1. Say "Talkman, louder" to increase the volume or "Talkman, softer" to decrease the volume. If the device says "This is softest" or "This is loudest", you cannot make the volume any louder or softer. 2. When the voice is as loud or as soft as you want it, say "Talkman continue" to return to work. Adjusting the Volume Using Device Buttons on A700/A700x Make sure the device is on or sleeping. The device should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring (sleeping). If the device is off or sleeping, press the Play/Pause button. 21 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 1. Press the + button to make the voice louder or the button to make the voice softer. The device says "louder" when the + button is pressed and "softer" when the button is pressed. If the volume of the voice is at the loudest possible setting, it says, "This is loudest." If the volume of the voice is at the softest possible setting, it says, "This is softest."
Adjusting the Speed on A700/A700x Make sure the device is on or sleeping. The device should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring (sleeping). If the device is off or sleeping, press the Play/Pause button. 1. Press the Operator button. The device says "Current operator is operator name. Select menu item."
2. Press the + or button until the device says "Change speed."
If you use the + button to scroll through the options, Change Speed is the fourth menu item in the list. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 22 3. Press the Operator button. 4. Press the + button to make the voice faster or the button to make the voice slower. The device says "faster" each time you press the + button and "slower" each time you press the button. If the speed of the voice is at the fastest possible setting, the device says
"This is fastest." If the speed of the voice is at the slowest possible setting, it says "This is slowest."
NOTE You can exit this menu without changing the settings by pressing the Play/Pause button before you press the Operator button. 5. When the voice is speaking as quickly or as slowly as you want, press the Operator button to save the new speed setting. Changing the Speaker's Gender on A700/A700x Make sure the device is on or sleeping. The device should have a solid green ring segment (on) or a rotating green ring (sleeping). If the device is off or sleeping, press the Play/Pause button. 23 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 1. Press the Operator button. The device says "Current operator is operator name. Select menu item."
2. Press the + or button until it says, "Change speaker."
If you use the + button to scroll through the options, Change Speaker is the sixth menu item in the list. 3. Press the Operator button. 4. Press the + or button to hear the next speaker. The device says, "This is female" when it toggles to the female voice, or "This is male" to indicate the male voice. NOTE You can exit this menu without changing the settings by pressing the Play/Pause button before you press the Operator button. 5. When you hear the speaker you want to use, press the Operator button to select that speaker. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 24 Options for Hearing Impaired Users Honeywell products are designed for persons with average levels of hearing. Operators who use assistive hearing devices may need to consider some adjustments when using Honeywell headsets in a production warehouse environment. Honeywell recommends experimenting with combinations of several basic changes to Talkman device operation to improve audibility:
l Change language voices using VoiceConsole (see VoiceConsole Online Help) l Adjust the pitch of the voice lower or higher l Adjust the volume of the voice louder or softer l Adjust the speed of the voice slower or faster l Change the gender of the voice to male or female Users may find that their assistive devices are passing through additional background noise that makes it difficult to hear the Talkman device prompts. In this case, Honeywell recommends using a cupped headset to help eliminate distracting input from the assistive devices. If a user continues to have problems hearing the Talkman device after trying these options, Honeywell strongly recommends consulting a medical professional. Hearing loss is a medical condition that requires the attention of a qualified audiologist. The audiologist should be made aware of the options that Honeywell products offer with pitch, volume, and sidetone so that he or she can make appropriate recommendations that may benefit the user without possible side effects. Honeywell Technical Support can talk with the user's audiologist to explain these options and make changes in the Talkman device configuration based on the specific recommendations of the audiologist. CAUTION There are a variety of parameters that can further increase output levels of the Talkman device. Honeywell does not recommend changing any of these settings in a way that increases sound output levels without consulting a qualified audiologist. Changing these settings without qualified medical supervision could result in additional hearding damage. Honeywell products, and their default options, have been measured and qualified to ensure audio safety for common work flows and for the general population. The default audio parameters should not be changed without explicit direction from a qualified audio professional. Cleaning Procedures for Honeywell Equipment Honeywell Solutions products have a long service life if they are maintained properly. Follow recommended cleaning practices. While Honeywell equipment is manufactured and tested to be resistant to normal dirt and deposits from the workplace environment, the build-up of residue can damage the equipment and degrade performance over time. l Dirt or corrosion can prevent the proper seating of terminals in chargers and may cause intermittent charging. 25 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l Talkman Connector (TCO) contacts that build up dirt, chemicals, and corrosion may cause intermittent contact, static, and recognition problems. l Excessive dirt on a keypad membrane can cause the membrane to weaken and tear. CAUTION Use only a solution of 70% isopropyl alcohol and water to clean equipment. Other products have not been tested and may degrade the equipment. Cleaning Plastics Cleaning Hard Plastics Clean the hard plastics on headsets, devices, chargers, and batteries with a soft cloth that is wet with a solution of 70% isopropyl alcohol and 30% water. Use a soft brush to keep the pocket areas of chargers free of dust and debris that may interfere with the seating of equipment or electrical contact. Cleaning Foam and Pliable Plastics Clean headset foam parts (ear pads and headband pads) as well as flexible bands and non-foam padding with a mild soap and water. Wash pads carefully so as not to tear or detach them. Air dry the parts. Use of a concentrated heat source such as a hairdryer or clothes dryer is not recommended. Replace pads that are excessively dirty, such as headset windscreens. Cleaning Contacts Clean flat contacts on the device, such as the Talkman Connector (TCO), or flat contacts on the battery and charger with a 70% isopropyl alcohol solution. Use a soft, lint-free cloth or premoistened alcohol wipe. Avoid using a cloth with long or thick fibers as the fibers can attach to the connectors and cause intermittent contact. Remove corrosion with a soft eraser (for example, a pencil eraser). The eraser must be in good condition (soft, pliable, and not worn down to the mounting). A good test is to rub the eraser against your skin. If it feels abrasive, do not use it, because it will damage the surface of the connectors. You can also use a three-row cleaning brush with natural hog hair bristles to gently brush away dirt on the contacts. A final alcohol wipe after this should ensure a clean contact. Never bend or manipulate battery contacts. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 26 Contact an authorized Honeywell Service Center to repair or replace contacts that are extremely corroded, bent, or missing. Understanding Talkman Commands The Talkman device prompts the operator for responses that are specific to the voice-directed work he or she is performing. Several basic Talkman commands, however, can be spoken by the operator at almost any time while using the device. Spoken Com-
mand You want to...
"Say again"
hear the current prompt again
"Talkman sleep"
put the device in sleep mode
"Talkman wake up"
wake up the device
"Talkman backup"
erase the previous response so you can respond to the same prompt again (VoiceClient only)
"Talkman battery status"
check the remaining charge on a Talkman A700 battery (VoiceCatalyst 2.0 and newer only)
"Talkman help"
hear instructions for your response to the current prompt
"Talkman help"
hear a list of vocabulary words that you can say at the current prompt
"Talkman report problem"
indicate a problem and send a snapshot of the log file to VoiceConsole
(VoiceCatalyst 1.2 and newer only) Template Training Options IMPORTANT Template training is only applicable when using BlueStreak speech recognition. More details are in the SpeechRecognition Guide. All new operators must train their voice templates (all the words that he or she will use in the voice-directed workflow) in order to perform a task with the Vocollect Voice system. Supervisors have options for operators to train templates when using a device. 27 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NOTE Always speak in your normal tone of voice when training templates. Training with the Talkman Device Only Your supervisor must set up the system to use the voice-only option for creating templates with a handheld device. 1. Turn your device on by pressing the Play/Pause button. The LED indicator turns red and rotates for a few moments. The ring segment then turns green. The device says, "Please keep quiet for a few seconds." After a pause, the device says,
"Please say zero."
2. Say "Zero."
The device says "One."
3. Say "One."
The device says, "Two."
4. Say "Two."
The device says, "Please say the following words..."
5. As the device says each word, say it back to the device. The device will prompt you with the same word at least four times; repeat the word each time it asks. If it prompts you for phrases, say the phrase naturally, without pauses between the words. When the device has asked for all words in the task the necessary number of times, the device will say, "Creating voice templates. Please wait." It will then beep periodically until all of the remaining voice templates have been created. When the remaining voice templates have been created, the device says, "Finished creating voice templates." The device then goes to sleep. You can begin the task by pressing the Play/Pause button. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 28 This process can be improved when used in conjunction with the section Training Using a Printed List of Words as found below. Visual Training Devices See Training.htm for visual training device options. Training through VoiceConsole's Display You can view the words the device asks you to train on a computer screen, through the user interface, or pocket PC device screen as you go through the training process. See Viewing Dialog Between a Device and an Operator in the VoiceConsole online help for more information. NOTE This feature is supported using VoiceConsole 3.0 or newer with VoiceClient 3.5 and newer and VoiceCatalyst MP 1.0 and newer. Training Using a Printed List of Words If you suspect operators may have a difficult time recognizing the words the device is speaking during training, you can create a print out of the words used in the task that the device will ask the operators to train. NOTE This method is supported when using VoiceConsole 3.1 or newer. 1. If a current operator has previously performed the task the new operator is going to use, go to VoiceConsole and perform the steps for viewing an operators voice templates using the current operator. See Managing Operator Numbers in the VoiceConsole online help for more information. 2. On the Manage Operator Templates:<operator name> page in VoiceConsole, print the list of trained words. See Viewing Printable Versions of List Data in the VoiceConsole online help. 29 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 3. If necessary, on the printed list, circle commonly misheard or confusing words. Printed List with Commonly Misheard or Confusing Words Circled 4. Honeywell recommends the new operator review the list prior to training so he or she is familiar with the words that will be used If templates have not been trained for the task the new operator is going to use, have the supervisor or current operator train templates for that task and perform the steps above. To proceed with the actual training, follow the detailed list of instructions in the Training with the Talkman Only section above. Scanning with the Talkman A730/A730x Device See the Compliance Section of this document for Laser and Imager Compliance and Precaution information. The scanner can only be used at points in the task where it is allowed, such as a check digit or product verification prompt. CAUTION The scanner is designed for occasional use and should not be used more than six times per hour. Other scanning devices more suited to hands-free and eyes-free scanning should be used for optimum performance. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 30 1. Hold the Talkman A730/A730x in a "handshake" grip with the scanner pointing away from you. 2. Position the device so that the scanner is 4 to 36 inches away from the bar code you want to read. Note that scan accuracy may decrease at greater distances. 3. Press and hold the round black button to activate the scanner. 4. Direct the lighted aiming frame so that it completely contains the bar code. 5. When a scan is successful, the aiming frame will turn off and you will hear a beep in the headset. NOTE The beep that signals a scan is enabled by default but can be disabled by setting EnableBeepOnBarcodeScan to 0. The beep volume is controlled by the device volume and can be adjusted with the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons on the device. A730 / A730x Scanner Configuration The A730/A730x scanner parameters are grouped into three categories:
l Symbology specific parameters enable, disable, and configure the specified symbology. l Imager generic parameters affect all symbologies. l Data manipulation parameters provide for the manipulation of data after the barcode is scanned. Symbology Specific Symbology specific parameters enable, disable, and configure the specified symbology. Parameter support is identified as follows:
X = Parameter is supported and available via Device Profile settings. N/A = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. Postnet Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. 31 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Postnet]
Registry Key PostnetActivation PostnetCodeMark PostnetCheckDigitTransmission PostnetUDSI Planet Default Value 0x0 0x2a 0x1 P0 A730 A730x Description X Enables the Postnet symbology. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Planet]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description PlanetActivation 0x0 Enables the Planet symbology. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 32 Registry Key PlanetCodeMark PlanetCheckDigitTransmission PlanetUDSI British Post Office (BPO) Default Value 0x2a 0x1 P1 A730 A730x Description X A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\BPO]
Registry Key BPOActivation BPOCodeMark BPOCheckDigitTransmission BPOUDSI Canada Post Default Value 0x0 0x2a 0x1 P2 A730 A730x Description X Enables the British Post Office symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. 33 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Canada Post]
Registry Key CanadaPostActivation CanadaPostCodeMark CanadaPostUDSI Australian Post Default Value 0x0 0x2a P6 A730 A730x Description Enables the Canada Post symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Australian Post]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description AustralianPostActivation 0x0 Enables the Australian Post symbology. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 34 Registry Key AustralianPostCodeMark AustralianPostUDSI Japan Post Default Value 0x2a P3 A730 A730x Description A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Japan Post]
Registry Key JapanPostActivation JapanPostCodeMark JapanPostCheckDigitTransmission JapanPostUDSI Dutch Post Default Value 0x0 0x2a 0x1 P5 A730 A730x Description X Enables the Japan Post symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. 35 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Dutch Post]
Registry Key DutchPostActivation DutchPostCodeMark DutchPostUDSI Sweden Post Default Value 0x0 0x2a P4 A730 A730x Description Enables the Dutch Post symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Sweden Post]
Registry Key SwedenPostActivation SwedenPostCodeMark Default Value 0x0 0x2a A730 A730x Description Enables the Sweden Post symbology. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 36 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description SwedenPostUDSI P7 User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Infomail Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Infomail]
Registry Key InfomailActivation InfomailCodeMark InfomailUDSI Intelligent Mail Default Value 0x0 0x2a P8 A730 A730x Description Enables the Infomail symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. 37 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Intelligent Mail]
Registry Key IntelligentMailActivation IntelligentMailCodeMark IntelligentMailUDSI Codabar Default Value 0x0 0x2a PA A730 A730x Description Enables the Intelligent Mail symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Codabar]
Registry Key CodabarActivation CodabarCodeMark CodabarCheckDigitVerification Default Value 0x0 0x44 0x0 A730 A730x Description Enables the Codabar symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Enables calculation of the check digit. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 38 Registry Key CodabarBarCodeLengthL1 CodabarBarCodeLengthL2 CodabarBarCodeLengthL3 Default Value 0x6 0x0 0x0 CodabarBarCodeLengthMode 0x0 CodabarCheckDigitTransmission 0x0 CodabarStartStopTransmission 0x0 CodabarCLSILibrarySystem 0x0 CodabarConcatenation 0x0 CodabarConcatenationMode 0x0 CodabarUDSI B7 A730 A730x Description X Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" - Not supported on A730x 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. Selects start/stop character format to transmit, where 0 = not transmitted, 1 = "a, b, c, d", 2 = "A, B, C, D", 3 = "a, b, c, d / t, n, *, e", and 4 = "DC1, DC2, DC3, DC4". Enables the CLSI (Computer Library Services, Inc) library standard for Codabar: 14 characters, no start/stop, spaces at positions 2, 7, and 13. Multiple label concatenation, where 0 =
disabled, 1 = only concatenated, and 2 = concatenate if possible. Sets requirements for concatenation, where 0 = no requirements, 1 = Second code start = first code stop, and 2 = American Blood Commission
(second code start = first code stop =
'd'). User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Code 93 Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. 39 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Code 93]
Registry Key Code93Activation Code93CodeMark Code93BarCodeLengthL1 Code93BarCodeLengthL2 Code93BarCodeLengthL3 Code93BarCodeLengthMode Code93UDSI Code 39 Default Value 0x0 0x44 0x1 0x0 0x0 0x0 B6 A730 A730x Description Enables the Code 93 symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 40 The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Code 39]
Registry Key Code39Activation Code39Unconventional Code39ReadingRange Default Value 0x1 0x0 0x1 Code39CodeMark 0x2a Code39CheckDigitVerification 0x0 Code39ReadingTolerance Code39BarCodeLengthL1 Code39BarCodeLengthL2 Code39BarCodeLengthL3 Code39BarCodeLengthMode Code39CheckDigitTransmission Code39StartStopTransmission 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 A730 A730x Description X Enables the Code 39 symbology. Allows decoding of unconventional Code 39 (large intercharacter spacing or a large ratio between narrow and wide elements). Enables Vesta algorithm decoding for better read range. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Are 4/5 supported?
Enables various check digit calculations, where 0 = disabled, 1 = modulo 43, 2 = French CIP, 3 = Italian CPI, 4 = HIBC, and 5 = AIAG. Tolerance for reading "hard to read"
bar codes, where 0 = high, 1 = medium, and 2 = low. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. Enables transmission of start/stop characters. X 41 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description Code39AcceptedStartCharacter 0x2 Code39FullASCIIConversion 0x0 Code39UDSI B1 X Selects start character, where 1 = '$', 2 = '*', and 3 = '$' and '*'. Enables extended character set through the use of control characters, where 0 = disabled and 1 = enabled (extended spec). User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Code 128 Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Code 128]
Registry Key Code128Activation ISBT128Activation GS1-128Activation Default Value 0x1 0x0 0x1 A730 A730x Description Enables the standard Code 128 symbology. Enables the International Society of Blood Transfusion's variant of Code 128. Enables the GS1 (formerly EAN) variant of Code 128. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 42 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description UnconventionalGS1-128 Code128ReadingRange Code128CodeMark GS1-128CodeMark 0x1 0x1 0x44 0x44 Code128CheckDigitVerification 0x0 Code128ReadingTolerance Code128BarCodeLengthL1 Code128BarCodeLengthL2 Code128BarCodeLengthL3 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 Code128BarCodeLengthMode 0x0 GS1-128Identifier 0x1 Code128SeparatorCharacter 0x1d Code128ConcatenationTransmission 0x0 Code128Concatenation 0x0 Unconventional decoding mode bitfield, where bit 0 = allow decode of double FNC1, bit 1 = FNC2 append disabled, bit 2 = FNC4 ASCII extensions disabled. Enables Vesta algorithm decoding for better read range. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Enables verification of French CIP check digit. Enables verification of segment width, where 0 = disabled, 1 = medium tolerance, 2 = low tolerance. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enables transmission of AIM identifier before the bar code data. This is ignored if GTIN is active. Separator between multiple concatenated bar codes. Multiple label concatenation, where 0 = disabled, 1 = only concatenated, and 2 = concatenate if possible. Enables non-ISBT-compliant bar codes to be concatenated. X X X X X X 43 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key GTINProcessingforGS1-128 Code128UDSI GS1-128UDSI Interleaved 2 of 5 Default Value 0x0 B3 C9 A730 A730x Description X Limits valid GS1-128 bar codes to GTIN (Global Trade Item Number)-
compliant format. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Interleaved 2 of 5]
Registry Key Interleaved2of5Activation Interleaved2of5ReadingRange Default Value 0x0 0x1 Interleaved2of5CodeMark 0x49 Interleaved2of5CheckDigitVerification 0x0 A730 A730x Description X Enables the Interleaved 2 of 5 symbology. Enables Vesta algorithm decoding for better read range. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Enables various check digit calculations, where 0 = disabled, 1 = modulo 10 and 2 = French CIP HR. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 44 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description Interleaved2of5ReadingTolerance 0x0 Interleaved2of5BarCodeLengthL1 Interleaved2of5BarCodeLengthL2 Interleaved2of5BarCodeLengthL3 0x6 0x0 0x0 Interleaved2of5BarCodeLengthMode 0x0 Interleaved 2of5CheckDigitTransmission Interleaved2of5UDSI 0x0 B2 Tolerance for reading "hard to read" bar codes, where 0 = high, 1 = medium, and 2 = low. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. X Matrix 2 of 5 Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Matrix 2 of 5]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description Matrix2of5Activation 0x0 Enables the MSI Code symbology. 45 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Default Value A730 A730x Description Registry Key Matrix2of5StartStop Matrix2of5CodeMark Matrix2of5BarCodeLengthL1 Matrix2of5BarCodeLengthL2 Matrix2of5BarCodeLengthL3 0x0 0x44 0x6 0x0 0x0 Matrix2of5BarCodeLengthMode 0x0 Matrix2of5UDSI B4 X Enables special ChinaPost mode, where a specific start/stop is required and the checksum is transmitted. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. MSI Code Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\MSI Code]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description MSIActivation 0x0 Enables the MSI Code (Modified Plessey) symbology. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 46 Registry Key MSICodeMark MSICheckDigitVerification MSIBarCodeLengthL1 MSIBarCodeLengthL2 MSIBarCodeLengthL3 MSIBarCodeLengthMode MSICheckDigitTransmission MSIUDSI Plessey Code Default Value 0x44 0x1 0x6 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1 B8 A730 A730x Description X A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Enables various check digit calculations, where 1 = modulo 10 and 2 = double modulo 10. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Plessey Code]
47 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key PlesseyActivation PlesseyUnconventionalStop PlesseyCodeMark PlesseyBarCodeLengthL1 PlesseyBarCodeLengthL2 PlesseyBarCodeLengthL3 PlesseyBarCodeLengthMode PlesseyCheckDigitTransmission PlesseyUDSI Standard 2 of 5 Default Value 0x0 0x0 0x44 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 C2 A730 A730x Description Enables the Plessey symbology. Not documented. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Standard 2 of 5]
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 48 Registry Key Standard2of5Activation Standard2of5CodeMark Standard2of5CheckDigitVerification Standard2of5BarCodeLengthL1 Standard2of5BarCodeLengthL2 Standard2of5BarCodeLengthL3 0x0 0x44 0x0 0x6 0x0 0x0 Standard2of5BarCodeLengthMode 0x0 Standard2of5CheckDigitTransmission 0x0 Standard2of5Format Standard2of5UDSI Telepen 0x0 B5 Default Value A730 A730x Description X Enables the Standard 2 of 5 symbology. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Enables modulo 10 calculation of check digits. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. Specifies read mode, where 0 = Identicon (6 start/stop bars) and 1 = Computer Identics (4 start/stop bars). User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Telepen]
49 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key TelepenActivation TelepenCodeMark TelepenBarCodeLengthL1 TelepenBarCodeLengthL2 TelepenBarCodeLengthL3 TelepenBarCodeLengthMode TelepenFormat TelepenUDSI Code 11 Default Value 0x0 0x2a 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 C6 A730 A730x Description X Enables the Telepen symbology. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Sets output format, where 0 = ASCII and 1 = numeric. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Code 11]
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 50 Registry Key Code11Activation Code11CodeMark Code11CheckDigitVerification Code11BarCodeLengthL1 Code11BarCodeLengthL2 Code11BarCodeLengthL3 Code11BarCodeLengthMode Code11CheckDigitTransmission Code11UDSI EAN / UPC Default Value 0x0 0x2a 0x1 0x4 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1 C1 A730 A730x Description Enables the Code 11 symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Number of check digits to verify. Range is 1 to 2. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths", Not supported on N6600 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". Enable transmission of the check digit. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\EAN / UPC]
51 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Default Value A730 A730x Description Registry Key UPC-AActivation UPC-EActivation EAN-8Activation EAN-13Activation ISBNConversionforEAN-13 EANUPCAdd-On2 EANUPCAdd-On5 0x1 0x1 0x1 0x1 0x0 0x0 0x0 EANUPCAdd-OnDigitSecurity 0xa UPC-ACodeMark UPC-ECodeMark EAN-8CodeMark EAN-13CodeMark UPC-E1Activation EANUPCReadingRange UPC-ACheckDigitTransmission UPC-ECheckDigitTransmission EAN-8CheckDigitTransmission EAN-13CheckDigitTransmission UPC-ANumberSystemTransmission 0x41 0x45 0x4e 0x46 0x0 0x1 0x1 0x1 0x1 0x1 0x1 X X Enables the UPC-A symbology. Enables the UPC-E symbology. Enables the EAN-8 symbology. Enables the EAN-13 symbology. Converts EAN-13 bar codes starting with "978" or "979" (except for "9790") to ISBN (International Standard Book Number) format. Enables decoding of 2-digit EAN/UPC supplements. Enables decoding of 5-digit EAN/UPC supplements. Selects how much time is spent looking for add-on digits when add-on digits are enabled but not required. Range is 0x0 - 0x64 (0 to 100), where 0x0 is fastest. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Enables the UPC-E1 variant of UPC-E. Enables Vesta algorithm decoding for better read range. Enable transmission of the check digit. Enable transmission of the check digit. Enable transmission of the check digit. Enable transmission of the check digit. Enables transmission of the UPC-A number system. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 52 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description UPC-ENumberSystemTransmission UPC-ATransmittedasEAN-13 UPC-ETransmittedasUPC-A EAN-8TransmittedasEAN-13 EANUPCAdd-OnDigits EANUPCGTINProcessing ISMNConversionforEAN-13 ISSNConversionforEAN-13 UPC-AUDSI UPC-EUDSI EAN-8UDSI EAN-13UDSI PDF417 0x1 0x1 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 A0 E0 FF F X X X X Enables transmission of the UPC-E number system. Enables conversion of UPC-A to EAN-
13. Enables conversion of UPC-E to UPC-
A. Enables conversion of EAN-8 to EAN-
13. Add-on digit requirement, where 0 =
optional and 1 = required. Converts EAN-13 bar codes to GTIN
(Global Trade Item Number)-compliant format. Converts EAN-13 bar codes starting with "9790" to ISMN (International Standard Music Numbering) format. Converts EAN-13 bar codes starting with "977" to ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) format. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. 53 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\PDF417]
Default Value A730 A730x Description Registry Key PDF417Activation MicroPDF417Activation PDF417IrregularPDF PDF417Code128Emulation PDF417CodeMark MicroPDF417CodeMark PDF417 OptionalFieldsFileNameTransmission PDF417SegmentCountTransmitted PDF417TimeStampTransmitted PDF417SenderTransmitted PDF417AddresseeTransmitted PDF417FileSizeTransmitted PDF417ChecksumTransmitted PDF417UDSI 0x1 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2a 0x2a 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 C7 MicroPDF417UDSI TODO X X X X X X X X X X X Enables the PDF417 symbology. Enables the "micro" variant of PDF417. Enables the reading of labels for a symbol length descriptor of 0. Certain Micro PDF417 codes are read as Code 128. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Enables file name transmission for PDF417. Enables segment count transmission for PDF417. Enables time stamp transmission for PDF417. Enables sender transmission for PDF417. Enables addressee transmission for PDF417. Enables file size transmission for PDF417. Enables checksum transmission for PDF417. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 54 Codablock Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Codablock]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description CodablockAActivation CodablockFActivation CodablockACodeMark CodablockFCodeMark CodablockAUDSI CodablockFUDSI TLC 39 0x0 0x0 0x2a 0x2a K0 K1 X X X Enables the Codablock A (Code 39-
based) symbology (if enabling this symbology, it is recommended to disable Code 39 to prevent conflict). Enables the Codablock F (Code 128-
based) symbology (if enabling this symbology, it is recommended to disable Code 128 to prevent conflict). A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. 55 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\TLC 39]
Registry Key TLC39Activation TLC39 LinearOnlyTransmissionMode TLC39ECISecurity TLC39CodeMark TLC39UDSI GS1 DataBar Default Value A730 A730x Description 0x0 0x0 0xa 0x2a H0 X X Enables the TLC 39 symbology
(requires Micro PDF417 and Code 39 to be enabled as well). Ignores Micro PDF417 data and only transmits the Code 39 portion. Selects how much time is spent looking an ECI number if the Code 39 portion of the label is 6 digits. Range is 0x0 - 0x64 (0 to 100), where 0x0 is fastest. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\GS1 DataBar]
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 56 Registry Key DatabarOmniDirectionalActivation DatabarLimitedActivation DatabarExpandedActivation Default Value 0x0 0x0 0x0 DatabarOmniDirectionalCodeMark 0x2a DatabarLimitedCodeMark 0x2a DatabarExpandedCodeMark 0x2a DatabarOmniDirectionalUDSI DatabarLimitedUDSI DatabarExpandedUDSI C3 C4 C5 A730 A730x Description X *
X *
X *
Enables the DataBar Omnidirectional/RSS 14 symbology. Enables the DataBar Limited/RSS Limited symbology. Enables the DataBar Expanded/RSS Expanded symbology A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters.
* The A730x only supports one of these parameters enabled at a time:
DatabarOmniDirectionalActivation, DatabarLimitedActivation, DatabarExpandedActivation. Maxicode Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Maxicode]
57 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key MaxicodeActivation Mode0 MaxicodeMode0Header MaxicodeCodeMark MaxicodeUDSI Aztec Default Value 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2a D2 A730 A730x Description X X Enables the Maxicode symbology. Enables the obsolete Mode 0 variant of Maxicode. Header for Mode 0 labels, where 0 = regular (AIM) and 1 = extended (same as mode 2/3). A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Aztec]
Registry Key AztecActivation AztecStructuredAppend AztecRunes AztecEAN128Emulation Default Value 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 A730 A730x Description X X Enables the Aztec symbology. Enables Aztec structured append header. Enables the Aztec Runes variant of Aztec. Sends an EAN 128 symbology identifier before the data. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 58 Registry Key AztecCodeMark AztecUDSI Datamatrix Default Value 0x2a D3 A730 A730x Description A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Datamatrix]
Registry Key DatamatrixActivation DatamatrixMirroredLabelsActivation DatamatrixCodeMark DatamatrixUDSI QR Code Default Value 0x1 0x0 0x2a D0 A730 A730x Description X Enables the Datamatrix symbology. Enables decoding of mirrored labels. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. 59 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\QR Code]
Registry Key QRCodeActivation QRCodeInverseVideo QR CodeUnconventionalStructuredAppend MicroQRActivation QRCodeCodeMark QRCodeUDSI GS1 Composite Default Value A730 A730x Description 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2a D1 X X X Enables the QR (Quick Response) Code symbology. Decoding mode for black/white inverted labels, where 0 = normal (black on white), 1 = inverse (white on black), and 2 = automatic. Enable transmission of label header with every symbol. Enables the "micro" variant of QR. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
Matrix[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\GS1 Composite]
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 60 Registry Key CompositeABActivation CompositeCActivation CompositeGS1-128Emulation Composite LinearOnlyTransmissionMode CompositeUnconventional 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 CompositeCodeMarkCC-AB 0x2a CompositeCodeMarkCC-C 0x2a UPCAndEAN CompositeMessageDecoding CompositeABUDSI CompositeCUDSI IATA 2 of 5 0x2 G0 G1 Default Value A730 A730x Description Enables GS1 Composite with a CC-A or CC-B (Micro PDF417) 2D component. Enables GS1 Composite with a CC-C
(PDF417) 2D component. Enables emulation of the GS1-128 symbology. Ignores the 2D portion and only transmits the 1D bar code. Disable transmission of AIM identifier. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. Decode mode for EAN/UPC composites, where 0 = never linked (only EAN/UPC transmitted), 1 = always linked (2D component required), and 2 = autodiscriminate. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
61 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\IATA 2 of 5]
Registry Key IATA2of5Activation IATA2of5BarCodeLengthL1 IATA2of5BarCodeLengthL2 IATA2of5BarCodeLengthL3 Default Value 0 0x06 0x00 0x00 IATA2of5BarCodeLengthMode 0x00 IATA2of5CodeMark IATA2of5UDSI Tri-Optic 0x44 B9 A730 A730x Description X X X X X X X Enables the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Tri-Optic]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description TriOpticActivation 0 X Enables the symbology. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 62 Registry Key TriOpticCodeMark TriOpticUDSI Code 32 Default Value 0x2A H1 A730 A730x Description X X A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Code 32]
Registry Key Code32Activation Code32CodeMark Code32UDSI China Post Default Value 0 0x2A H4 A730 A730x Description X X X Enables the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. 63 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\China Post]
Registry Key ChinaPostActivation ChinaPostBarCodeLengthL1 ChinaPostBarCodeLengthL2 ChinaPostBarCodeLengthL3 Default Value 0 0x04 0x00 0x00 ChinaPostBarCodeLengthMode 0 ChinaPostCodeMark ChinaPostUDSI Korea Post 0x2A P8 A730 A730x Description X X X X X X X Enables the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Korea Post]
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 64 Registry Key KoreaPostActivation KoreaPostBarCodeLengthL1 KoreaPostBarCodeLengthL2 KoreaPostBarCodeLengthL3 Default Value 0 0x04 0x00 0x00 KoreaPostBarCodeLengthMode 0 KoreaPostCodeMark KoreaPostUDSI USPS 4-State 0x2A P9 A730 A730x Description X X X X X X X Enables the symbology. Length value L1. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L2. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length value L3. Range is 0x0 to 0xFF
(0 to 255). Length verification mode, where 0 = "L1 is min length", 1 = "L1, L2, L3 are fixed lengths" Not supported on A730x, 2 = "L1 is min, L2 is max length". A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\USPS 4-State]
Registry Key USPS4CBActivation USPS4CBCodeMark Default Value 0 0x2A A730 A730x Description X X Enables the symbology. 0x00 - 0xFF 65 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description USPS4CBUDSI PA X User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Coupon Code Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Coupon Code]
Registry Key CouponCodeActivation CouponCodeCodeMark CouponCodeUDSI ID Tag Default Value 0 0x2A H2 A730 A730x Description X X X Enables the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 66 IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\ID Tag]
Registry Key IdTagActivation IdTagCodeMark IdTagUDSI Han Xin Code Default Value 0 0x2A H3 A730 A730x Description X X X Enables the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Han Xin Code]
Registry Key HanXinCodeActivation HanXinCodeCodeMark HanXinCodeUDSI Default Value 0 0x2A D4 A730 A730x Description X X X Enables the symbology. A single character inserted before the bar code data to indicate the symbology. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. 67 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Imager Generic Imager generic parameters affect all symbologies. Parameter support is identified as follows:
X = Parameter is supported and available via Device Profile settings. N/A = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. Message Format Additional information added to barcode data Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Message format]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description MessageFormatSymbologyIdentifier 0x0 Chooses which symbology identifier is inserted before the barcode data. 0 = disabled, 1 = Code Mark, 2 = AIM format, 3 = User Defined. Decoding Security Decoding verification Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 68 X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Decoding Security]
Default Value 0x0 0x0 A730 A730x Description Only decodes a bar code if it is in the center of the frame. Amount of tolerance for what is considered the "center". Range is 0x0 -
0x64 (0 to 100), where "0x0" is the least tolerant (must be aimed exactly). Registry Key CenterDecoding CenterDecodingTolerance Imager Imager configuration Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Imager]
69 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A730 A730x Description Registry Key DecodeMode AimerFlashing Default Value 0x1 0x1 Decoding mode, where 0 = linear imager emulation, and 1 = 2D imager. Aimer mode, where 0 = on, 1 = decode optimized (flashing at frame rate), and 2 = off. For 1D bar codes, sets the initial search area. 0 = center, 1 = upper half, 2 = lower half, 3 = full, 4 = "smart raster" (better for non-
horizontal). Enhances the ability to read a DPM
(Direct Product Marking) bar code where the bar code is marked directly on the product. Initial1DSearchArea 0x0 DPMMode 0x0 NYI NYI Damaged1DCodes ExtensiveBarcodeSearch 0x0 0x0 Enhances the ability to read damaged or badly printed 1D bar codes. The decoding algorithms spend more time trying to find a bar code. Data Manipulation Data manipulation parameters provide for the manipulation of data after the bar code is scanned. Parameter support is identified as follows:
X = Parameter is supported and available via Device Profile settings. N/A = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. Multicode Multiple Symbol Concatenation Support Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 70 NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Multicode]
Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description MulticodeActivation 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeNumberOfBarcodes 0x2 NYI MulticodeIncompleteTransmission 0x0 NYI NYI NYI MulticodeCodeMark 0x2a NYI NYI MulticodeCodeMarkOfIncomplete 0x2a NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode1 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode2 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode3 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode4 0x0 NYI NYI Activates the ability to read multiple barcodes with one trigger press. If this value is set to 1 (enabled), then barcodes that don't match the masking criteria can be returned independently of other barcodes (normal operation). If this value is set to 2 (exclusive), then barcodes that don't match the masking criteria will be discarded. Number of barcodes in the multicode. Range is 2-8. Enables transmission of incomplete multicode after the timeout is reached. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. A single character inserted before the barcode data to indicate the symbology. Used when incomplete transmission is enabled and the timeout is reached. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. 71 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description MulticodeIDForBarcode5 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode6 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode7 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeIDForBarcode8 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode1 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode2 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode3 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode4 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode5 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode6 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode7 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeLengthForBarcode8 0x0 NYI NYI Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is disabled). See manufacturer's website for details. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 72 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description Multicode IncompleteTransmissionTimeout 0x0 NYI NYI MulticodeMaskForBarcode1 MulticodeMaskForBarcode2 MulticodeMaskForBarcode3 MulticodeMaskForBarcode4 MulticodeMaskForBarcode5 MulticodeMaskForBarcode6 MulticodeMaskForBarcode7 MulticodeMaskForBarcode8
NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI MulticodeUDSI UDM0 NYI NYI MulticodeUDSIOfIncomplete UDM1 NYI NYI MulticodeBarcodeSeparator
NYI NYI Timeout, in ms, before an incomplete multicode is transmitted. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter what barcodes are included in the multicode. See manufacturer's website for details. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. User-defined symbology identifier. Range is 0-4 characters. Used when incomplete transmission is enabled and the timeout is reached. Separation string between barcodes. Range is 0-4 characters. 73 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Data Editing Bar code data editing Support for the parameters in the table is labeled as follows:
= Parameter is supported and available via the Scanner Options tab in the device profile. X = Parameter is not supported on this device. NYI = Not Yet Implemented. These parameters should be considered unsupported, though they can (with knowledge) be set via the CCI or advanced settings. IMPORTANT A730 and A730x support for symbologies and parameters may differ. Refer to the table below for details. The registry keys in the table below are located under:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\Imager\Data Editing]
Default Value A730 A730x Description Registry Key ActivationForScenario1 ActivationForScenario2 ActivationForScenario3 ActivationForScenario4 ActivationForScenario5 ActivationForScenario6 ActivationForScenario7 BarcodeIdentifierForScenario1 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI NYI BarcodeIdentifierForScenario2 0x0 NYI NYI BarcodeIdentifierForScenario3 0x0 NYI NYI BarcodeIdentifierForScenario4 0x0 NYI NYI Enables the bar code editing scenario. Enables the bar code editing scenario. Enables the bar code editing scenario. Enables the bar code editing scenario. Enables the bar code editing scenario. Enables the bar code editing scenario. Enables the bar code editing scenario. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 74 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description BarcodeIdentifierForScenario5 0x0 NYI NYI BarcodeIdentifierForScenario6 0x0 NYI NYI BarcodeIdentifierForScenario7 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario1 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario2 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario3 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario4 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario5 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario6 0x0 NYI NYI BarCodeLengthForScenario7 0x0 NYI NYI MaskForScenario1 NYI NYI MaskForScenario2 NYI NYI Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Intermec-specific symbology identifier
(0x0 is all symbologies). See manufacturer's website for details. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. Specifies a fixed number of characters for this symbology. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFF (0 to 32767), where 0x0 is any length. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. 75 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description MaskForScenario3 NYI NYI MaskForScenario4 NYI NYI MaskForScenario5 NYI NYI MaskForScenario6 NYI NYI MaskForScenario7 NYI NYI ActionListForScenario1 NYI NYI ActionListForScenario2 NYI NYI ActionListForScenario3 NYI NYI ActionListForScenario4 NYI NYI ActionListForScenario5 NYI NYI ActionListForScenario6 NYI NYI A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. A regular expression, up to 26 characters, to filter which bar codes will be edited. See manufacturer's website for details. A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 76 Registry Key Default Value A730 A730x Description ActionListForScenario7 NYI NYI A set of instructions, up to 100 characters, to be executed for this scenario. See manufacturer's website for details. Talkman A700/A700x VMT Installation Guide The A700/A700x Vehicle Mounted Terminal (VMT) is an A700/A700x device with a dock mounted to a vehicle, such as a forklift or motorized pallet jack. After the device is mounted, the dock is connected to the vehicles power source. Talkman devices in this configuration may use any wired or wireless equipment (headsets, scanners, etc.). Honeywell sells the complete solution including mounting kits and power systems to enable any Talkman A700/A700x devices to be used in a VMT configuration. WARNING DO NOT LOOK AT THE DEVICE WHILE OPERATING MACHINERY. Such a distraction could cause an accident resulting in bodily injury to the operator and others. This step-by-step guide shows how to install the Talkman VMT in a vehicle. Please refer to the "Review A700/A700x VMT Installation Best Practices" for further guidance. Review A700/A700x VMT Installation Best Practices Talkman devices and accessories are designed to provide reliable service when used as recommended.The thousands of Talkman VMT equipment users around the world who have followed the best practices outlined here are enjoying increased productivity with Talkman devices integrated on their vehicles. WARNING Do not remove Talkman A700/A700x devices from VMT configurations Talkman VMT devices were designed and intended for easy installation. They were not designed for frequent removal. The exception is the Talkman A730 which was designed to be removed from the holster for occasional scanning, not to exceed approximately six times per hour. Even if the A730 is not being removed for scanning, it requires a battery for backup power. NOTE Honeywell does not support configurations of the A700/A700x without a battery. 77 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Honeywell recommends that Talkman devices and cables be left in place after they are installed in vehicles.While these components may be removed for maintenance or temporary use in other areas, they should not be removed as a part of regular operation. WARNING Frequent removal of the Talkman or cable will likely cause a premature mechanical failure to the cable or dock. This damage is not covered by normal product warranty. Protect Talkman devices from damage A Talkman device should be mounted on a vehicle in a location where operators can easily access Talkman controls and where the device is well protected from bumps or damage when the vehicle is in use.While recessed mounting offers good protection, the installer must ensure that this mounting does not interfere with Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connectivity of the Talkman device. Mount locations protected by vehicles but open for good wireless reception (showing Talkman A500) CAUTION Do not mount the device in the driver's area of the vehicle or areas where it can distract the driver. Consider additional options from RAM Mounts In particular, the following standard RAM Mounts parts provide additional mounting flexibility. Part Description Part Number Usage Image Double 1" ball adapter RAM-B-230U The adapter offers more articulation to maneuver and position the Talkman device in a protected area of the vehicle. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 78 Part Description Part Number Usage Image Double socket arm B Ball A length RAM-B-201U-A This arm and other arm lengths offer options for the best vehicle fit. Lock parts into place if they might be moved during normal operations The parts used for mounting the Talkman were designed for a fixed position with easy adjustment. While unlikely, these parts may loosen over time with inadvertent impacts of daily useespecially if the mountings have not been firmly secured or if workers attempt to adjust the mounting manually. To prevent this issue, remove the user-adjustable handle on the arm and install a 1/4" #20 nylon lock nut provided with the Vocollect VMT kit. The lock nut cannot be loosened by hand and resists most vibrations. Secure VMT cabling The cables and wiring that connect the Talkman VMT must be well secured to the vehicle so that they do not get caught on anything.Snagged cables could result in an accident and damage to the VMT or vehicle. CAUTION Separate the cabling from other wiring in the vehicle and ensure that it is routed away from sharp edges. Select A700/A700x VMT Mounting Option The Talkman A700/A700x VMT is designed to be installed using RAM Mounting Systems hardware. Honeywell supplies a mounting bracket for the device and mounting hardware from RAM Mounting Systems. Additional hardware mounting bracket options can be purchased directly from RAM Mounting Systems (www.ram-mount.com) to customize the installation. IMPORTANT The A700/A700x VMT must be mounted to a sturdy surface. 79 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Screw-on Mount The Screw-on mount is bolted to a stationary surface on a vehicle using the following parts. Screw-on mounting parts IMPORTANT Use only the four supplied screws to attach the Ram ball to the dock. See "Install Vehicle Dock". Clamp Mount Assembled screw-on mount The Clamp Mount is clamped to a stationary surface on a vehicle or surface using the following parts. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 80 Clamp mounting parts IMPORTANT Use only the four supplied screws to attach the Ram ball to the dock. See "Install Vehicle Dock". Claw Mount Assembled clamp mount The Claw Mount is also clamped to a stationary surface, but can be clamped to oddly-shaped or horizontal or vertical surfaces using the following parts. Claw mounting parts 81 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide IMPORTANT Use only the four supplied screws to attach the Ram ball to the dock. See "Install Vehicle Dock". Assembled claw mount Install Vehicle Dock IMPORTANT l Use only the mounting screws provided. These screws are the proper thickness and length to secure the mount without damaging the mount or Talkman device. l Do not over tighten the screws as this can strip the mount and make it impossible to secure. l Use all four screws provided for a secure attachment. Use the four provided screws to attach the Ram ball to the bottom of the vehicle dock, as shown below. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 82 83 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Talkman VMT Parts and Accessories The following device-mounting options are supplied by Honeywell. Order one part from each section for your configuration. NOTE A700/A700x devices may be used in VMT configurations using a Honeywell battery without connecting to the vehicles power source. The BL-903 unpowered vehicle dock, which has no power components, should be used in lieu of the BL-904 powered vehicle dock. No wiring or power converters are required; however, the Talkman device will need to be removed and placed in a charger to recharge its battery or for updating software. Vehicle-Powered Vehicle Mount Configurations 1. Order the Vehicle Dock BL-904 - POWERED VEHICLE DOCK, A700 SERIES BL-710-101 - VEHICLE MOUNT, HOLDER/BASE SCREW ON ATTACHMENT,(connects between Talkman device mount and mount arm) BL-710-102 - VEHICLE MOUNT, ARM 2. Order one of the following to attach the arm to the vehicle BL-710-101 - VEHICLE MOUNT, HOLDER/BASE SCREW ON ATTACHMENT Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 84 2. Order one of the following to attach the arm to the vehicle BL-710-103 - VEHICLE MOUNT, CLAMP BL-710-104 - VEHICLE MOUNT, CLAW 3. Order a Battery BT-901 - BATTERY, A700 SERIES, STANDARD BT-902 - BATTERY, A700 SERIES, HIGH-CAPACITY 4. Order a Power Option Option 1: Standard Configuration l 851-070-004 Power Supply (6-60V) l CM-904-101 - CABLE, POWERED VEHICLE DOCK, A700 SERIES, 274cm (9) l 236-288-001 Cable Converter to Vehicle 274cm (9) Option 2: Customer-provided converter l 226-109-003, 182cm (6) cable for a customer-supplied, UL-listed power supply. 85 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 4. Order a Power Option Option 3: AC Powered Use l 851-810-001 AC Adapter stand-alone (wall plug) power use 137cm (4.5) Battery-Powered Vehicle Mount Configurations 1. Order the Vehicle Dock BL-903 - UNPOWERED VEHICLE DOCK, SLIDE-IN, A700 SERIES BL-710-101 - VEHICLE MOUNT, HOLDER/BASE SCREW ON ATTACHMENT, TALKMAN T5 SERIES (connects between Talkman device mount and mount arm) BL-710-102 - VEHICLE MOUNT, ARM, TALKMAN T5 SERIES 2. Order one of the following to attach the arm to the vehicle BL-710-101 - VEHICLE MOUNT, HOLDER/BASE SCREW ON ATTACHMENT BL-710-103 - VEHICLE MOUNT, CLAMP Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 86 2. Order one of the following to attach the arm to the vehicle BL-710-104 - VEHICLE MOUNT, CLAW 3. Order a Battery Order one of:
BT-901 - BATTERY, A700 SERIES, STANDARD BT-902 - BATTERY, A700 SERIES, HIGH-CAPACITY Positioning the Talkman A700/A700x Vehicle Dock l Determine the best position for the device and all the associated components. If a similar device was previously installed, check to see if the position it used is suitable for the device. l Check that the position of the device does not obstruct vehicle controls. l Check that the device does not obstruct the driver's view. l Check the position of the device for user comfort over long periods. Position the Talkman A700/A700x VMT NOTE Do not connect the vehicle mount holder directly to the vehicle. Use an approved mounting device to prevent damage to the device from shock and vibration. 1. Determine the best position for the device and all the associated components. For optimal antenna positioning, the device should be placed in the same orientation as it would if it was worn on the body. If a similar device was previously installed, check to see if the position it used is suitable for the device. 2. Test the installation for at least 30 minutes before installing on another vehicle. Record all details:
87 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l Check that the position of the device does not obstruct vehicle controls. l Check that the device does not obstruct the driver's view. l Check the position of the device for user comfort over long periods. Install the Mounting Brackets WARNING The device must be mounted in accordance with accepted aftermarket practices and materials supplied by Honeywell and/or RAM Mounting Systems. Honeywell does not support Talkman devices which are not mounted in an approved manner. Please note that not mounting Talkman devices in an approved manner may also violate local safety laws and possible cause a safety hazard by damaging Talkman devices and batteries. Follow these steps to install a mounting bracket. 1. Drill the holes required to secure the base to the vehicle. If using the clamp mount, skip this step. 2. Screw or clamp a base to the location. Tip: Apply some lubricant (for example, light oil or anti-sieze) to the threads of the clamp mount screws. 3. Attach the other base to the other end of the arm and tighten once in the desired location by turning the locking lever clockwise. 4. Screw the device holder to the base. IMPORTANT To prevent vibration, the arm of the mounting bracket should not touch the stem of the ball of the base. In other words, the arm should not be tilted so far that these pieces touch. Mounting Brackets for a Talkman A700/A700x Vehicle Dock The following parts are supplied by Honeywell for attaching the screw-on mount:
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 88 Quantity Description 2 1 1 Vehicle Mount, Holder/Base Screw On Attachment Vehicle Mount, Arm Vehicle Mount, Holder The following parts are supplied by Honeywell for attaching the clamp-on mount:
Quantity Description 1 1 1 1 Vehicle Mount, Clamp Vehicle Mount, Arm Vehicle Mount, Holder Vehicle Mount, Holder/Base Screw On Attachment The following parts are supplied by Honeywell for attaching the claw mount:
Quantity Description 1 1 1 1 Vehicle Mount, Claw Vehicle Mount, Arm Vehicle Mount, Holder Vehicle Mount, Holder/Base Screw On Attachment 1. Drill the holes required to secure the base to the vehicle. If using the clamp or claw mount, skip this step. Apply some lubricant (for example, light oil or anti-seize) to the threads of the clamp mount screws. 2. Screw or clamp a base to the location. 3. Attach the other base to the other end of the arm and tighten once in the desired location by turning the locking lever clockwise. 4. Screw the device holder to the base. 5. Insert a device into the holder. To prevent vibration, the arm of the mounting bracket should not touch the stem of the ball of the base. In other words, the arm should not be tilted so far as to have these pieces touching. 89 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Route the Electrical Cables You will need the following equipment:
IMPORTANT All components used in in the electrical connection to the vehicle must be UL Listed. l One fuse holder from Cooper Bussman. Honeywell recommends using a Cooper Bussmann HFA series in line waterproof fuse. l One fuse. Honeywell recommends a Cooper Bussmann ABC-20-R fuse. l Three spade connectors l Four small cable ties l Input cable (part number 236-288-001) l Fasteners WARNING Always follow the vehicle manufacturer's recommendations for electrical accessories connection. Honeywell recommends choosing unswitched power as the source for the power supply. This will allow Talkman devices to be powered for software updates as well as prevent Talkman devices from accidentally being unpowered if the vehicle is switched off unintentionally. IMPORTANT The power supply cable must be installed from the vehicle's fuse panel or with an in-line fuse to the device along the vehicle wall, always inside the vehicle cabin, and must not cross the vehicle's firewall protection. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 90 Precautions Take the following precautions to ensure maximum safety when routing electrical cables:
l The vehicle must be off and the vehicle's battery must be disconnected. l Cables should be kept clear of surfaces that may become hot. l Cables should not be run such that they can get caught on moving parts. l Cables should not be run on the outside of a vehicle. l Cables should not have 90 degree turns, the minimum bend radius should not be less than one inch l To remove slack on a cable it should be coiled up and secured inside the vehicle with a cable tie. l Fuses should be located as close as possible to the power source. l To protect the VMT from power surges and to perform voltage conversion a converter module is fitted between the VMT and the forklift battery. Assemble the Vehicle Battery Cable 1. Route the battery cable from the power supply to the vehicle battery. 2. Cut the battery cable near the battery leaving enough of the cable to reach the battery terminals. 3. Strip the battery cable jacket back 31 to 36 cm (12 to 14 in). 4. Install heat shrink tubing on the battery cable jacket. Insert and secure the fuse in the fuse holder assembly. 5. 6. Assemble the negative wire:
a. Strip 0.60 cm (0.25 in) of insulation from the green and white wires. b. Twist the wires together. c. Crimp a 3/8-inch terminal ring onto the wires. 7. Assemble the positive wire:
a. Cut a strip of red wire that is 5.08 cm (2 in) long. b. Strip 0.60 cm (0.25 in) of insulation from the red and black wires. c. Twist the wires together. 91 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide d. Crimp the fuse block assembly to the wires. e. Crimp the red wire you cut to the other end of the fuse block assembly. Install heat shrink tubing on the braided ground wire. 8. 9. Crimp a 3/8-inch terminal ring onto the braided ground wire. 10. Connect the 4-pin connector to the power supply. Connect to the Top Battery Terminal The procedure you use to connect to the vehicle battery depends on the location of the battery terminal: Top or Side. CAUTION Verify that the cable to battery connections are correct. Electrical energy from vehicle batteries can harm equipment and people. 1. Remove the nuts and bolts from the positive battery terminal. 2. Place a 3/8-inch washer onto each end of the battery clamp bolt. 3. Slide the positive fuse link terminal ring from the input power cable onto positive battery clamp bolt. 4. Place another 3/8-inch washer onto the battery clamp. 5. Thread another 3/8-inch nut onto the battery clamp bolt and tighten the nut securely. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 for the negative wire. 7. Connect the ground wire. Connect to the Side Battery Terminal The procedure you use to connect to the vehicle battery depends on the location of the battery terminal: Top or Side. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 92 CAUTION Verify that the cable to battery connections are correct. Electrical energy from vehicle batteries can harm equipment and people. 1. Remove the nuts and bolts from the positive battery terminal. NOTE When you remove the battery terminal side post bolts from the vehicle battery, the vehicle computer and radio return to their default settings. 2. Fasten a 3/8-inch nut to the 3/8 x 1-1/2-inch positive battery terminal post. 3. Place a 3/8-inch washer on the battery terminal post. 4. Slide the positive wire fuse link terminal ring from the power input cable onto the positive battery post. 5. Put another 3/8-inch washer on the battery terminal post. 6. Slide the positive battery cable on the post. 7. 8. Tighten the battery terminal post securely. 9. Tighten the nut installed in Step 2 to secure the washers and cables firmly in place. Insert the post assembly (Steps 2 through 6) into the positive battery terminal. 10. Repeat Steps 1 through 9 for the negative wire. 11. Connect the ground wire. See "Fasten the Ground Wire". Fasten the Ground Wire 1. The braided wire on the vehicle battery cable is the grounding strap. To ensure proper cable shielding, fasten the ground strap to the vehicle sheet metal. 2. Drill a small hole into the metal that you intend to fasten the ground wire to. 3. Use a punch to dimple and enlarge the hole until it is the same size as the screw. 4. Scrape off a small circle of paint around the hole to make sure bare metal is exposed. 5. Secure the wire with a #8 5/8-inch screw and flat washer. 93 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Attach the A700/A700x VMT to the Vehicle 1. Connect the VMT dock (BL-904) to the cable (CM-904-101) 2. Connect the cable to the power supply. 3. Slide the Talkman device into the dock. Remove the A700/A700x VMT from the Vehicle Talkman VMT components are designed for easy removal for occasional vehicle service, maintenance or flexible operational needs. The Talkman A700/A700x may be easily removed by sliding the device out of the dock and replaced by sliding it back in. Care should be taken to assure that the contacts of the Talkman device are on the underside and facing so they engage with the contacts of the vehicle dock. The dock may be easily disconnected from the CM-904-101 power cable and RAM mount should the vehicle be taken out of service or need to be cleaned. The BL-904 dock should never be exposed to jets of waters such as that used in cleaning vehicles. CAUTION Honeywell does not recommend removing the cable (CM-904-101) from the dock except when required for occasional service, or once per month maximum. Excessive removal of the cable can cause damage to the dock and cable that is not covered under warranty or service plans. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 94 WIRELESS HEADSETS CHAPTER 2 A Honeywell speech recognition headset with an attached microphone allows the operator to hear the device's instructions or questions. The operator talks to the device to request information and enters data by responding to the device's prompts. Using Adaptive Speech Recognition, the headsets account for changes in speaking patterns over time and in different environments in order to improve voice recognition and system performance. An operator uses a headset with a microphone to interact with a device by hearing and responding to instructions. Based on the operator's responses, the device transmits data messages back to the host computer. Choosing the Right Headset In deciding which headset to purchase, it may be beneficial for workers to try several different models to find the best fit for their jobs and environments. Usage SRX2 SRX3 SRX2 SRX3 SRX2 SRX3 Hard Hat High Noise General use headset Light industrial /
customer facing Freezer use High noise areas Use with hard hat Wireless Extreme (large/small) head size X X X X X X X X X X X 95 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Usage Extreme (large/small) ear size SRX2 SRX3 X SRX2 SRX3 SRX2 SRX3 Hard Hat High Noise X X Honeywell Wireless Headset Features l Bidirectional noise canceling microphones for optimal noise cancellation. l Windscreen to reduce breathing and other background noises that can make it hard for the device to understand what an operator is saying. l Sealed components to prevent corrosion. l Padded, lightweight headbands for increased comfort and personalized fit. l Single ear cups that pivot vertically and horizontally and can be worn on either ear. l Foam ear pads for quick and easy replacement. l A rotating lever on the outside of the earpiece for moving the microphone up and down without causing stress on the microphone boom. l Repeatable microphone position; a groove catches the boom, placing it in the proper position when the boom is swiveled down for operation. Care and Use The headsets and microphones used with the Honeywell Voice system are delicate pieces of electronic equipment. Proper care will ensure that they work well for a long time. See Care and Use of Headsets and Microphones for more information. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Honeywell is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. SRX2 and SRX3 Industrial Use Headsets The SRX2 and SRX3 share a similar design. The main differences are:
l Electronic module color: The SX2 electronic module is blue and black. The SRX3 electronic module is black. l Headband color: The SRX2 headband is black. The SRX3 headband is black with a red accent on the outside of the ear cup. l Voice software: The SRX2 and SRX3 may require different minimum voice software versions. Refer to the Voice Software User Guide for details. The SRX2 and SRX3 share most accessories. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 96 l The SRX2 and the SRX3 headsets use the same battery. NOTE Older batteries may have a Vocollect logo while newer batteries have a Honeywell logo. The batteries are interchangeable. l The SRX2 battery charger charges both SRX2 and SRX3 batteries. Honeywell SRX2 Headset Honeywell SRX3 Headset Introduction to the SRX2 and SRX3 Headsets When used with Vocollect VoiceCatalyst and VoiceCatalyst MP software, the SRX2 and SRX3 headsets with Vocollect SoundSense Technology provide significant voice recognition benefits. This technology can increase speed and accuracy, especially in noisy or fast-paced environments. Common Features Between SRX2 and SRX3 Headsets:
l Better recognition with Vocollect SoundSense Technology (50% reduced insertions with multi-array microphones) when used with VoiceCatalyst software l Freezer certified with full shift battery life l Separate headband and electronic modules to enable headset sharing l Enhanced comfort and ergonomics for long hours of use l Faster, easier pairing with Vocollect TouchConnect Technology (with RFID reader equipped Voice-enabled devices) l Headset tracking and management with VoiceConsole l Simple and intuitive interaction indicators l Headset battery management and life prediction with VoiceConsole l Field upgradeable headset software for future proofing l Enhanced audio quality and response times l Increased adjustability for larger variety of head sizes and shapes l SRX2 and SRX3 batteries are interchangeable and are charged in the SRX2/SRX3 battery charger 97 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l Modular design lowers cost through shared use of headset electronic modules across shifts Unique Features:
l The SRX3 Headset features an intuitive flip-to-mute microphone boom l The SRX2 uses Bluetooth Version 4.2; the SRX3 uses Bluetooth Version 5.0 l The SRX3 supports 128-bit Bluetooth encryption l The SRX3 supports Hands Free Profile (HFP) version 1.7 for Android compatibility Headset Functions and LED Patterns for SRX2/SRX3 Headset Function Power on User Action Press Power button for half a second Headset Mode Headset powers up in low power pairing mode LED Pattern Solid green Tone High pitch double beep Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 98 Power off User Action Hold Power button for one second Headset Mode Headset powers off LED Pattern Solid green, then off IMPORTANT Do not remove the battery until the LED is off. Tone Low pitch double beep Increase volume User Action Press the Plus (+) button 99 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Headset Mode N/A LED Pattern N/A Tone Two tone ascending sequence. If connected, device says, "louder."
TIP When using the headset with Guide Work, only the tones are played. Decrease volume User Action Press the Minus (-) button Headset Mode N/A LED Pattern N/A Tone Two tone descending sequence. If connected, device says, "softer."
TIP When using the headset with Guide Work, only the tones are played. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 100 Mute NOTE This applies to the SRX3 Headset only. This feature is not available on the SRX2 Headset. User Action Flip microphone boom up 90 degrees (vertical) Headset Mode N/A LED Pattern N/A Tone N/A Unmute NOTE This applies to the SRX3 Headset only. This feature is not available on the SRX2 Headset. User Action Flip microphone down to mouth level. 101 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Headset Mode N/A LED Pattern N/A Tone N/A Force disconnect for manual pairing in low power mode User Action With headset connected, press the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons Headset Mode Headset disconnects current pairing and enters low power pairing mode LED Pattern Solid green Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 102 Tone No tone when entering mode. Three ascending tones upon pairing with a device Switch to high power pairing when pairing in low power mode has failed User Action With headset in pairing mode, press the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons Headset Mode Headset enters high power pairing mode NOTE This mode is recommended only if low power pairing fails. IMPORTANT Honeywell does not recommend this pairing mode for Talkman devices. This mode greatly increases the likelihood that your headset will pair with the wrong device. LED Pattern Rapid flash then solid green Tone No tone when entering mode. Three ascending tones upon pairing with a device 103 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Normal operation, paired and connected User Action N/A Headset Mode Headset connected as a slave device LED Pattern Slow flashing blue (on 25%, off 75%) Tone Three ascending tones upon connecting to master device Paired but connection dropped, possibly out of range User Action N/A Headset Mode Headset connectable but not discoverable. Any Bluetooth device can connect if it knows the headset's address. LED Pattern Slow flashing green (on 25%, off 75%) Tone Three descending tones when the connection to the master device is dropped Update headset software User Action Connect headset to computer running Honeywell Accessory Update Utility (HAUU) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 104 NOTE HAUU V3.0 or greater is required for the SRX3 Headset and recommenced for all accessory updates. Headset Mode Device update LED Pattern Solid blue when plugged in Off during update returns to solid blue when update complete Tone N/A SRX2/SRX3 Modular Design The SRX2 and SRX3 Wireless Headsets feature a modular design. The potential for shared use of electronic modules across multiple shifts can lower the cost per user. To avoid passing germs between operators when sharing headsets, Honeywell recommends sharing only the electronic module. Assign each operator his or her own headband, ear pad, and microphone cap. 105 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Shared Electronic Module Personal (non-shared) Parts Sharing the SRX2/SRX3 Headset By separating the parts of the modular SRX2/SRX3 headset, operators can share electronic modules in a multi-shift operation. l The electronic module detaches easily from the headband . l The microphone cap detaches from the electronic module and docks in the mic cap pocket on the headband. l The electronic module can be disinfected with an alcohol wipe. 1. Remove the microphone cap. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 106 2. Store the microphone cap on the headband. 3. Remove the electronics module from the headband. 4. The electronics module may now be shared. The headband can be stored until the user needs it again. Operator Profiles and Shared Headsets Vocollect Voice Software (VoiceClient and VoiceCatalyst), along with VoiceConsole provide a feature called Automatic Operator Load. This feature enables a Honeywell device to recognize and load the profile of the operator who last used the headset, based on the unique ID of the electronic module. With automatic operator loading, operators who always use the same headset can start their shifts faster. When multiple operators share an electronic module, however, automatic operator loading may not be effective. Disabling automatic operator loading in the voice software task package settings:
107 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 1. Using VoiceConsole, edit the task package that is being used. 2. Set the parameter AutoOperatorLoadEnable to zero (0). 3. Save your changes and load the modified task package onto the devices. See VoiceConsole Help for detailed steps. 4. Operators must use the Plus (+) or Minus () buttons to scroll through the list of operators to load their voice profiles. SRX2/SRX3 Headset Compatibility SRX3 Honeywell has tested the SRX3 Wireless Headset with the following devices and Vocollect Voice Software versions. Support and compatibility of the SRX3 headset is not limited to these products, but the customer assumes risks related to untested configurations. Device Vocollect Voice Software Honeywell Talkman A700x VoiceCatalyst 4.0 and newer Honeywell Talkman A700 VoiceCatalyst 2.4 and newer The SRX3 Headset requires Honeywell Accessory Update utility v3.0 or greater. SRX2 Honeywell has tested the SRX2 Wireless Headset with the following devices and Vocollect Voice Software versions. Support and compatibility of the SRX2 headset is not limited to these products, but the customer assumes risks related to untested configurations. Device Vocollect Voice Software Honeywell Talkman A700x VoiceCatalyst 4.0 and newer Honeywell Talkman A700 VoiceClient 3.9 and newer VoiceCatalyst 2.0 and newer Windows XP PC and other supported display terminals VoiceCatalyst MP for Windows XP 1.0 and newer Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 108 SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery NOTE The SRX2 and SRX3 headsets use the same battery. The headset is powered by a rechargeable lithium ion battery pack. A fully depleted headset battery will be fully recharged in less than 6 hours. The headset user will hear the following warnings when the battery charge is low. Battery Condition Audio Warning When battery voltage is low
"Headset battery is getting low."
When battery voltage is critically low and about to turn off Headset battery is getting low. Change headset battery now. Charging SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset Batteries NOTE The SRX2 and SRX3 headsets use the same battery. WARNING Once an SRX2 or SRX3 battery is placed on a port in the charger, it must remain in the charger for a minimum of five seconds. This allows the charger sufficient time to analyze the state of the battery. Removing the battery during this five second interval may cause the LED indicator on the charger to display an incorrect battery status. 109 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide TIP l A battery is fully charged and can be removed from the charger when the ring LED indicator light for that port on the charger is green. l If you insert a fully charged battery into a charger, the charger will analyze the battery's status and then "top off" the battery's charge. The ring LED indicator light for that port will be yellow during this process. When complete, the ring LED indicator will turn green. 1. Make sure the battery charger is powered. To power on the charger, connect the power supply to the charger and a power source. The LED indicator light at the bottom right of the charger face panel should be solid green. 2. Power off the headset by pressing and holding the Power button on the electronic module for approximately one second. 3. Remove the battery from the headset electronic module. 4. Hold the battery with the Vocollect logo facing toward you, and push it onto an empty port on the battery charger until it snaps into place. 5. Make sure that the battery is properly mounted on the charger port. The ring LED indicator light will turn yellow or green when the battery contacts connect to the charger port contacts. If the ring LED blinks red, the battery is not seated properly. Remove the battery, and mount it on the port again. 6. When the ring LED indicator turns a solid green, the battery is fully charged. Pull the battery off the charger port to insert it into a headset electronic module. Inserting a Battery into the SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset 1. Make sure the battery is charged. A battery is fully charged and can be removed from the charger when the LED ring indicator on the charger port for that battery is green. 2. Position the headset electronic module with the buttons facing toward you. 3. Hold the battery with the label side down and contacts facing the open end of the electronic module opposite the mic boom. 4. Push the battery onto the electronic module until it clicks in place. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 110 5. Make sure the battery is firmly in place and cannot be removed without pressing the battery release latches. WARNING Replace a battery only with another battery that has been authorized by Honeywell for the product you are using. Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. See also Honeywell Battery Safety Removing a Battery from an SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset IMPORTANT Do not remove the battery from the SRX2 or SRX3 headset until the LED indicator on the headset is off. 1. Power off the headset by pressing and holding the Power button on the electronic module for one second. 2. Grasp the headset by the sides of the electronic module with your thumb and fingers on the black battery latches. 111 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 3. With your other hand, hold the battery at the end of the electronic module opposite the mic boom. 4. Press and hold both battery latches at the same time, squeezing them into the sides of the electronic module until the battery releases from the electronic module. SRX2/SRX3 Battery Warm-Up Time If a battery has been used in an extreme hot or extreme cold environment, charging will not start immediately. When the battery is placed in the charger, the battery port LED indicator will turn yellow. Charging will only begin after the battery reaches the proper temperature range - 32 F (0 C) to 104 F (40 C). It may take up to 30 minutes for the battery to reach a safe temperature. If battery temperature does not come into range in about one hour, the red LED will blink indicating that there is a charger fault. SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset In environments where operators must wear hard hats, the standard over-the-head headset is not a viable option. The SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat headset has a built-in clip that attaches the headset earpiece, electronic module, and microphone to most industrial hard hats. The Hard-
Hat headset supports most hard-hat models commonly used in the United States, Europe, and Japan. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 112 When using the TouchConnect feature to pair the SRX2/SRX3 Hard Hat Headset with a Talkman A700/A700x Series device, you can obtain the operator ID by touching the device to the symbol located on the outside of the headset earcup. Installing the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Clip The SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat headset attaches to the side of a hard hat using a clip that must be mounted on the hard hat. Honeywell offers two clip styles, one designed to insert in a hard-hat slot and one that mounts over the side brim of a non-slotted hard hat. Other hard-hat clips may be purchased and used provided that they fit the hard hat and attach correctly to the SRX2/SRX3 earcup. Vendors such as Howard Leight offer these products. NOTE The hard-hat clips are not designed for frequent removal. It may be necessary to order extra clips if users intend to alternate wearing the headset earcup on the left and right sides. l Inserting a slotted-mount clip in a hard hat l Position the clip with the tab pointing into the slot on the side of the hard hat. l The angle of the clip should follow the contour of the hard hat with the rubber stops on the back side of the clip facing the hard hat. 113 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l Align the tab of the clip to fit into the slot. l Slide the clip into the slot until the tab clicks in place and it is firmly seated. l Mounting a brim-mount clip on a hard hat l Loosen the screws that secure the two clip brackets to the clip. For large brim hats, it may be necessary to remove the brackets completely in order to fit them over the brim without the clip in place. l From the under side of the hat, slide the brackets over the brim. If the brackets were removed, slide the bracket ends back under the screws in the clip. l Position the clip on the outside of the hard hat, centered on the side of the hat. l Tighten the screws to secure the bracket and clip to the hard hat. l Removing a clip from a hard hat l For a slotted-mount clip, push the end of the spring arms from under the brim in until they fit back through the slot. It may be necessary to use a tool to pry the arms from their installed position. l For a brim-mount clip, loosen the bracket screws and slide the brackets and clip off the hard hat. Attaching the SRX2/SRX3 to a Hard Hat With an SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset clip mounted on the side of a hard hat, the headset's fork and disk assembly snaps securely onto the hat. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 114 Insert the disk into the hard-hat clip from the top. 1. 2. Slide the disk into the clip until it snaps into place. To remove the headset, apply pressure to the tab at the top of the hard-hat clip to release the disk from the clip. Then slide the disk up and out of the clip. It may be necessary to use a tool, such as a flat-head screwdriver, to press the tab. Wearing the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset The SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset fork and disk assembly has two lock positions that allow for easy wearing, removing and storing the hard hat with the headset attached. The inner position keeps the earcup snug to the ear; the outer position enables the headset to be swiveled in the clip without causing wear to headset parts or to the hard hat. 1. Hold the hard hat firmly. 2. Push the headset earcup in toward the head area of the hat until it snaps into its inner position. 115 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 3. Slide the hard hat onto your head, pulling the earcup out as needed, then position the hat 4. so the earpad is snug against your ear. If the earpad sits too low or high on your ear, take off the hard hat and adjust the earcup by pulling or pushing the arms of the fork out of or into the fork sleeves. 5. Insert the SRX2/SRX3 electronic module into the pocket on the earcup by aligning the notches on the speaker and earcup pocket. 6. Push the electronic module into the earcup pocket until it is firmly seated. Storing the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset Honeywell recommends storing the hard hat with the headset earcup moved up on the side of the hat (see figure below) to reduce the risk of damage. 1. Remove the electronic module from the headset. The electronic module can be used by another worker or stored separately. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 116 2. Detach the microphone cap from the electronic module, and dock it in the mic cap pocket located above the headset earcup. 3. Pull the earcup and fork assembly out away from the hard hat until the fork snaps into the outer lock position. 4. Rotate the headset n the hard-hat clip until the earcup rests against the side of the hat. Replacing an Earpad on the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat or High-Noise Headset 1. Remove the electronic module from the earcup. 2. Pry the earcup apart by grasping the inside and outside sections of the earcup and pulling the two sections apart. 3. Remove the worn foam earpad from the inside plate. 4. Gently pull a new foam earpad around the plate. 117 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 5. Align the inside posts of the two sections of the earcup. 6. Push sections together until they click into place. SRX2/SRX3 High-Noise Headset The SRX2/SRX3 High-Noise headset is a headset with a single ear cup that fits entirely over the operator's ear to allow him or her to hear voice instructions clearly in areas of high environmental noise. Combined with the optimal speech recognition of the headset using SoundSense, this model offers an effective wireless solution for an industrial environment. The single cup design gives operators the option of wearing the headset speaker on either ear for their long-term comfort. It also provides protection in very cold environments, such as a warehouse freezer. NOTE The high-noise headset has microphone cap storage located on the headband and above the headset earcup. A stability strap is available for this model. Replacing an Earpad on the SRX2/SRX3 Hard-Hat or High-Noise Headset 1. Remove the electronic module from the earcup. 2. Pry the earcup apart by grasping the inside and outside sections of the earcup and pulling the two sections apart. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 118 3. Remove the worn foam earpad from the inside plate. 4. Gently pull a new foam earpad around the plate. 5. Align the inside posts of the two sections of the earcup. 6. Push sections together until they click into place. Using The SRX2/SRX3 Headset Attaching the SRX2/SRX3 Electronic Module to a Headband 1. Position the SRX2 electronic module with the button controls facing away from the 2. headband. Insert the speaker on the back of the electronic module into the pocket on the earpiece hub by aligning the notches on the speaker and hub pocket. 119 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 3. Push the electronic module into the hub pocket until it is firmly seated. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 120 SRX3 Flip-To-Mute Feature NOTE This feature requires VoiceCatalyst 4.2 or greater (A700x). This feature requires VoiceCatalyst 2.5 or greater (A700). The SRX3 Headset has a flip-to-mute feature. Microphone Active Microphone Muted l When the microphone boom is down (i.e., horizontal, at mouth level), the microphone is active. l When the microphone boom is up (i.e., vertical) the microphone is muted. l In most cases, moving the microphone from horizontal to vertical functions the same as pressing the play/pause button on the device to pause the device. l In most cases, moving the microphone from vertical to horizontal functions the same as pressing the play/pause button on the device to start or resume play. IMPORTANT The flip-to-mute feature only works when the SRX3 electronic module is installed in an SRX3 headband. Flip-to-mute does not function when the SRX3 electronic module is installed in an SRX2 headband. Flip-to-Mute and VoiceCatalyst Refer to the following parameters to configure flip-to-mute behavior:
SleepWhenSRXBoomRaisedWhenWorking FliptoMuteEnabled Within the VoiceCatalyst menus l If the microphone boom is up, the options for noise sample and retrain templates do not appear in the device menu. l If the microphone boom is down, the options for noise sample and retrain templates appear in the device menu 121 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide During Noise Sample or Training/Retraining Templates l These options can only be accessed while the microphone boom is down. l If the microphone boom is moved up during any of these options, the device goes to sleep. During Tasks l The operator can progress through the task only when the microphone boom is down. l If the microphone boom is raised up, the device continues to run the task, but the device does not respond to the operator's voice. l If the microphone boom is raised up during the task and the operator presses the Play/Pause button while the boom is up, the device goes to sleep and speaks "goodnight". No Operator or No Task Loaded Moving the microphone boom up or down does not start the prompt to load an operator. The user must press the Play/Pause button to load the task or operator. l Moving the microphone boom up or down does not interrupt the prompt. l Pressing the Play/Pause button does interrupt the prompt. Disconnect and Reconnect Same Headset Disconnecting and reconnecting the same headset leaves the device asleep. l If the microphone boom is down when reconnected, a noise sample is performed if needed. Otherwise the task continues. l If the microphone boom is up, the device remains asleep. Disconnect and Reconnect Different Headset Disconnecting and reconnecting another headset (with different or no association) leaves the device asleep. l The operator load prompt does not start if the microphone boom is down when the headset is connected. l Moving the microphone boom to the horizontal position starts the operator load prompt. l The prompt can be started by pressing the Play/Pause button on the device. In this case, the prompt cannot be canceled by moving the microphone boom up or down. Removing the Electronic Module from a Headband IMPORTANT Do not squeeze the battery latches on the sides of the electronic module while removing it from the headband. The battery may be inadvertently released from the electronic module. Do not remove the electronic module by pulling on the microphone boom as this may cause damage. 1. Grasp the electronic module with one hand, pressing your thumb and fingertips into the gap between the electronic module and earpiece hub. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 122 2. With the other hand, hold the headband by the earpiece hub. 3. Pull the electronic module away from the earpiece hub. Replace the T-Bar Pad If the T-Bar pad needs replaced on the headband, observe the cautions below. SRX2 The headset ID chip is located behind a door as indicated below and is protected by this door when removing the pad and adhesive. IMPORTANT To protect the ID chip, do not remove the door covering the chip. 123 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 124 X SRX3 The headset ID chip is located behind the T-Bar pad. IMPORTANT Use care when removing the pad and adhesive to not scrape, damage, or pull up the ID chip as indicated below. 125 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 126 Options for Hearing Impaired Users Honeywell products are designed for persons with average levels of hearing. Operators who use assistive hearing devices may need to consider some adjustments when using Honeywell headsets in a production warehouse environment. Honeywell recommends experimenting with combinations of several basic changes to Talkman device operation to improve audibility:
l Change language voices using VoiceConsole (see VoiceConsole Online Help) l Adjust the pitch of the voice lower or higher l Adjust the volume of the voice louder or softer l Adjust the speed of the voice slower or faster l Change the gender of the voice to male or female Users may find that their assistive devices are passing through additional background noise that makes it difficult to hear the Talkman device prompts. In this case, Honeywell recommends using a cupped headset to help eliminate distracting input from the assistive devices. If a user continues to have problems hearing the Talkman device after trying these options, Honeywell strongly recommends consulting a medical professional. Hearing loss is a medical condition that requires the attention of a qualified audiologist. The audiologist should be made aware of the options that Honeywell products offer with pitch, volume, and sidetone so that he or she can make appropriate recommendations that may benefit the user without possible side effects. Honeywell Technical Support can talk with the user's audiologist to explain these options and make changes in the Talkman device configuration based on the specific recommendations of the audiologist. CAUTION There are a variety of parameters that can further increase output levels of the Talkman device. Honeywell does not recommend changing any of these settings in a way that increases sound output levels without consulting a qualified audiologist. Changing these settings without qualified medical supervision could result in additional hearding damage. Honeywell products, and their default options, have been measured and qualified to ensure audio safety for common work flows and for the general population. The default audio parameters should not be changed without explicit direction from a qualified audio professional. Headset Parameters These parameters control various settings related to using headsets. Information on these parameters can be found in the Honeywell VoiceConsole documentation. l Bluetooth_IsEnabled l HeadsetBt_Address l HeadsetBt_AuthenticationEnable l HeadsetBt_DeviceName l HeadsetBt_IsInitiator l SrxHeadsetEnable 127 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l SrxAutoPairEnable l SrxClearPairingInCharger l SRX_OUTPUT_AUDIO_DB_SHIFT l SrxHighPowerPairingDelaySeconds l SrxSupervisorAudioEnable About Pairing Wireless Headsets Pairing is the process in which two devices enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology create a secure link in order to share information. The pairing process begins when the master device initiates an inquiry to search for discoverable Bluetooth addresses. Vocollect wireless headset pairings with Talkman or other devices are initiated by the device and remain paired until broken by user action. Note that the pairing exists between the headset and device hardware. If the operator moves to a different device, the original headset/device pairing will not follow that operator. NOTE The automatic operator load feature is an exception to the hardware-only pairing. On supported platforms, when an operator connects to a Vocollect wireless headset, that connection and operator information are registered in VoiceConsole. The next time the operator connects to that headset, his or her information will be loaded automatically. See the automatic operator load documentation for your Vocollect Voice Software release. Pairing versus Connecting Pairing is not the same as connecting. Two Bluetooth devices, once paired, can connect and disconnect many times. With a pairing in memory, the two devices can reconnect easily and will make repeated attempts to establish a connection. In this way, a headset and device pairing allows for increased user mobility. For example, if the user takes the headset out of range of the paired device or powers it off, the device will notice the connection loss and try to reconnect. The two remain paired throughout this process. Pairing-related Configuration Parameters PersistSrxPairingAcrossPowerCycle Set to 0 for the device to delete the pairing when it is powered off. When the device is powered on again, it will not reestablish this connection with the associated headset. This parameter defaults to 1, which causes pairings to be persisted and re-established when the device is powered on. When SrxAutoPairEnable is enabled (set to 1), PersistSrxPairingAcrossPowerCycle defaults to 0. SrxClearPairingInCharger Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 128 Set to 1 to clear the pairing when the device is placed into a charger. This parameter defaults to 0, or maintaining the pairing. When SrxAutoPairEnable is enabled (set to 1), SrxClearPairingInCharger defaults to 1. SrxAutoPairEnable Set to 1 to turn on automatic pairing. Cross Pairing Cross pairing is the result of a master device pairing with a headset or other device that is not the intended slave. If a user cannot isolate his or her device and headset from others and a cross pairing occurs, the user should break the existing pairing and retry the intended pairing. TIP Prevent unwanted cross pairing by isolating the device and headset from all other Bluetooth devices any time that the device is performing an inquiry scan to find the headset or pair manually. Cross pairing is extremely unlikely when a user uses touch pairing. SRX2/SRX3 Headset Pairing Methods SRX3 Pairing Modes After an SRX3 headset enters low or high power pairing mode, it is available to accept a pairing initiated by a Talkman 700/ A700x or other Bluetooth-enabled device. These pairings can be accomplished using a variety of methods. SRX2 Pairing Modes The SRX2 headset must be in high power pairing mode to pair with a handheld device. To place the SRX2 headset in high power pairing mode, momentarily press the Plus (+) and Minus (-). For pairing with third-party devices: By setting the SrxHighPowerPairingDelaySeconds configuration parameter, you can configure how long an operator must hold the Plus and Minus buttons before entering high-power pairing mode or set the parameter to have the headset go directly into high-power pairing mode. After an SRX3 headset enters high power pairing mode, it is available to accept a pairing initiated by a Bluetooth-enabled handheld device. Pairing Methods TouchConnect An SRX2/SRX3 headset and an A700/A700x device can be paired by turning on the device and headset and touching them together. No button presses are required. 129 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NOTE See "Pairing with A700/A700x Using TouchConnect" for a full list of preconditions for using this method. Recommended for:
VoiceCatalyst users on A700/A700x devices and SRX2/SRX3 headsets Why?
This method insures that the SRX2/SRX3 headset is only paired with the device it is touching. There are no additional buttons to press. Auto pairing On startup or on removal from a charger, the device immediately searches for wireless headsets and initiates a pairing. It eliminates the need to clear pairings manually as it will, by default, clear a pairing when powered off or when placed into the charger. NOTE The SRX2 and SRX3 headset always power up in pairing mode. Recommended for:
l VoiceClient users sharing headsets l Anyone using SRX2/SRX3 headsets Why?
When sharing headsets, autopairing makes it easy to locate any device and headset, power the two on in close proximity to one another (less than 3 feet), and have the two pair automatically. It eliminates the need to clear pairings manually or through VoiceConsole as it will clear a pairing when powered off or when placed into the charger by default. When you start up the device, it will be unpaired and will begin searching for a headset. Manual pairing The user determines when to pair a device and headset by pressing buttons on the device. NOTE The SRX2 or SRX3 headset can perform either manual or auto pairing for its first pairing. Recommended for:
l VoiceClient users not sharing headsets l Anyone using SRX3 headsets Why?
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 130 VoiceClient users that are not sharing their headsets with other users are encouraged to use manual pairing. Manual pairing is the safest way to avoid cross pairing, as the user is performing the pairing procedure away from other users. Also, once a manual pairing is made
(assuming no other configuration parameters have been changed), the pairing will persist and that device and headset will stay paired until the pairing is explicitly cleared. VoiceConsole pairing The user pairs a specific device to a headset via the VoiceConsole interface. Screen-Based pairing See Screen-Based Pairing information in this chapter for details on pairing handheld devices to a headset. Pairing an SRX2/SRX3 Headset The SRX2 and SRX3 headsets make pairing and connecting even easier:
l The headsets automatically enter low power pairing mode when it is turned on. l The headsets can break and re-enter pairing modes from a powered-on state. l No headset reboot is necessary. l The headsets accept connections from any device that was previously paired to it. Pairing with A700/A700x Using TouchConnect The A700/A700x device can use TouchConnect to connect to an SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset when:
l the A700/A700x device is running VoiceCatalyst l Bluetooth is enabled l the device is sleeping (not running a task) l a wired headset is not attached or a wireless headset is not actively connected to the device l the parameter SRXHeadsetEnable is set to 1 (Enabled), the default l the parameter SrxAutoPairEnable is set to 0 (Disabled), the default For best performance when using an SRX2/SRX3 headset with a Talkman A700/A700x device, use the latest SRX2/SRX3 software version. Obtain the latest headset software from your Honeywell portal or reseller and use the Honeywell Accessory Update Utility to upgrade your SRX2/SRX3 headset. NOTE Data sent through near field communication (NFC) is not encrypted nor does it follow any specific safety protocol. This is because the transfer occurs over such a short range that it is extremely unlikely that the data could be intercepted. 131 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 1. Turn on the SRX2/SRX3 headset. 2. 3. If the headset's LED is blinking blue, it is currently paired to a device. Clear the pairing by pressing the + and - buttons simultaneously on the SRX2/SRX3 headset. If you are sharing headsets at your site:
You must first obtain the operator ID by reading the headband:
l Touch area of the SRX2/SRX3 t-bar (headband) with the symbol to center of the symbol, until the device state (ring) raised oval on the side of the device with the indicator blinks green. This associates the operator's headband to the device enabling VoiceConsole to recognize the operator. l Touch the side of the A700/A700x device that has the symbol and the oval area of the SRX2/SRX3's keypad section together, aligning the ovals on each and holding them together steadily, until the device state (ring) indicator blinks green. Note that there is a 30-second timeout after a headband is recognized in step one. You must pair the electronics module within 30 seconds from associating the headband for Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 132 full functionality. TIP If the device state indicator blinks red, the NFC read was not successful, and you should attempt to perform the read again. 4. If you are not sharing headsets at your site:
You only need to pair the device to the SRX2/SRX3 electronics module:
l Touch the side of the A700/A700x device that has the symbol and the oval area of the SRX2/SRX3's keypad section together, aligning the ovals on each and holding 133 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide them together steadily, until the device state (ring) indicator blinks green. TIP If the device state indicator blinks red, the NFC read was not successful, and you should attempt to perform the read again. 5. When the device starts the task, VoiceConsole recognizes the pairing. Auto Pairing with A700/A700x Prerequisites:
l The headset is powered off. l There is no wired headset connected to the Talkman device. l The Talkman device is Bluetooth ready with Bluetooth connection features enabled. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 134 IMPORTANT An unpaired device will constantly search for wireless headsets while in auto pairing mode. Do not leave an auto pair-enabled device unpaired and powered on because the search will drain the battery. 1. Reboot the Talkman device or remove it from a charger to initiate a scan for headsets. 2. Turn on the headset. The headset will remain in pairing mode for ten minutes. If not paired within ten minutes, it powers off. 3. Hold the headset and Talkman device so they are within six inches of each other but not touching. The blue LED indicator on the Talkman device turns on, may flash a few times, and then remains lit. After 20 to 30 seconds, the headset beeps three ascending tones and its LED indicator flashes blue. These indicators confirm that a pairing has completed. 4. Put on the headset. You will hear the headset repeat the serial number of the Talkman device to which it is paired. 5. Verify that the number matches the serial number on the Talkman device. If you need to attempt the pairing again, re-enter pairing mode by pressing and releasing the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons on the headset control panel. 6. Press the Play/Pause button on the Talkman device to confirm the number. 7. Press the Play/Pause button again to begin working. Manual Pairing with A700/A700x Prerequisites:
l The headset is powered off. l The Talkman device is not in a charger, and there is no wired headset connected to it. l The Talkman device is in sleep mode not in use running a task or voice application. Its green LED indicator is flashing. If the LED is solid green, press the Play/Pause button. l The Talkman device is Bluetooth ready with Bluetooth connection features enabled. 1. Turn on the headset. The LED indicator is solid green. The headset remains in pairing mode for ten minutes then powers off. 2. Press and hold the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons on the Talkman device for two seconds 3. to manually initiate a search for wireless headsets. Immediately hold the headset and device so they are within six inches of each other but not touching. The blue LED indicator on the Talkman device turns on, may flash a few times, and then remains lit. After 20 to 30 seconds, the headset beeps three ascending tones and its LED indicator flashes blue. These indicators confirm that a pairing has completed. 4. Put on the headset. You will hear the headset repeat the serial number of the Talkman device to which it is paired. 135 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 5. Verify that the number matches the serial number on the Talkman device. If you need to attempt the pairing again, re-enter pairing mode by press the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons on the Talkman device again. 6. Press the Play/Pause button on the Talkman device to confirm the number. 7. Press the Play/Pause button again to begin working. Screen-Based Pairing with a Handheld Device Screen-based pairing is the preferred method for pairing a headset with a handheld wireless device or PC. This method allows the user to pick a specific headset from a list of available headset Bluetooth addresses displayed on a screen, and eliminates the problem of unwanted cross pairing. Auto and manual pairing processes are not available in screen-based pairing. Prerequisites:
l The headset is powered off. l The handheld device is not in a charger, and there is no wired headset connected to it. l The device is in sleep mode not in use running an application. l The device is Bluetooth ready with Bluetooth connection features enabled. 1. Turn on the headset. The headset starts up in low power pairing mode. NOTE Some handheld devices may require the headset to be in high power pairing mode in order to be discovered in the device's pairing inquiry. To change to high power pairing mode, press and release the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons on the headset while it is in low power pairing mode. 2. Initiate the pairing inquiry from the master device by pressing or clicking the appropriate button on the screen or device. 3. Hold the headset and wireless device so they are within six inches of each other but not touching. 4. Select the ID number of the headset you want to use from the list on the screen. 5. Tap, click, or press the appropriate button on the screen or device to create the pairing. The device briefly displays that the device attempts to connect to the headset . Once the headset connects, three tones play in the headset, the SRX Headset Status displays as Connected. The pairing confirmation step is skipped because the pairing was specified by the user. 6. Press the Play/Pause button to begin working. Handheld Device Pairing Status Icons When using the Vocollect Voice or Voice MP application on a handheld wireless device, an icon in the upper right hand corner of the screen indicates the pairing status. Vocollect Voice on a PC displays similar browser-based notifications, but the icons are different. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 136 Icon Status A wireless headset is not paired to the device The device is searching for a headset The device is paired with a headset but not yet connected The device is connected to the headset Pairing by VoiceConsole Pairing The VoiceConsole pairing method should only be used if the device/headset pairing will be performed once and never changed. While manual pairing can also result in this permanent pairing, VoiceConsole eliminates the device inquiry step and begins paging immediately for the Bluetooth address. Prerequisites:
l The headset is powered off. l The device is not in a charger, and there is no wired headset connected to it. l The device is in sleep mode not in use running an application. l The device is Bluetooth ready with Bluetooth connection features enabled. 1. 2. In VoiceConsole, click Devices and select the device for the pairing. In Device Actions, select the actions for pairing to a peripheral, and complete the pairing. See VoiceConsole help for detailed instructions. TIP The pairing can be performed with the device powered off or while the device is running an application. When the device powers up or goes into sleep mode, the paging process begins. 3. Place the headset in pairing mode. The SRX2 and SRX3 headsets are automatically in pairing mode after being powered on. 4. When the two connect, the headset will play ascending connect tones. The pairing confirmation step is skipped because the pairing was specified by the user. 5. Press the Play/Pause button to begin working. More about SRX2/SRX3 Pairing Modes When a headset is in pairing mode it is ready to respond to any inquiries about its Bluetooth services. The inquiring device uses this response to determine if it wants to pair with the 137 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide headset. Because the device is the initiator and the headset is the acceptor, a user facilitates the pairing process by putting the headset into pairing mode before initiating the connection from the device. SRX2 and SRX3 headsets support three pairing modes. l Low Power Pairing Mode Low power pairing mode is the default pairing mode for SRX2/SRX3 headsets. In this mode, a headset will answer a Bluetooth device inquiry with a very low power response that transmits within a small area (a few feet or so, depending on the receiving capabilities of the inquiring device). Limiting the wireless transmission helps to avoid an unwanted cross pairing (a pairing with a Bluetooth address other than the target) by forcing the headset to be in close proximity to the device. l High Power Pairing Mode High power pairing mode allows the headset and device to be separated by more distance because the headsets response to inquiries is a wider transmission. Honeywell recommends using high power pairing only if low power pairing fails. Use this mode with care: While high power pairing mode makes it more likely that the connection will succeed, it also increases the likelihood of cross pairing. If the configuration parameter SrxAutoPairEnable is enabled and the configuration parameter SrxHighPowerPairingDelaySeconds is set to 0, headsets will skip lower power pairing mode and enter high power mode. l TouchConnect You can pair an A700 or A700x device and an SRX2 or SRX3 headset by touching them. This method essentially eliminates the chance of cross pairing and it is quicker and easier than the other methods. Placing Headsets in Pairing Modes Initial Headset State SRX2/SRX3 Controls Pairing Mode Result Off Press and release Power button Low power pairing mode On and paired Press and release Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons Current pairing broken and headset enters low power pairing mode On in low power pairing mode Press and release Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons High power pairing mode Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 138 Breaking a Pairing There are several methods to break a pairing between a Vocollect wireless headset and a Bluetooth device. Method Description From the Device:
A device can break a pairing with a wireless headset by initiating a new search for headsets. The user can initiate the device query by holding down the Plus (+) and Minus (-) buttons on the device. This method is useful if the users device completes a cross pairing with the wrong headset; the user can initiate another manual pairing. Manual pairing must be enabled on the device for this procedure to work. From VoiceConsole:
VoiceConsole displays all Bluetooth pairings including the headsets, Talkman devices, scanners, and printers. From the Edit Device page, you can clear a pairing. You can do this with headsets as well. The headset user can break any pairing by pressing the Plus (+) and Minus
(-) buttons momentarily. This is the preferred method for breaking a pairing. The headset signals the device that the pairing is being broken (see SRX2 note below). From an SRX2 or SRX3 Headset:
IMPORTANT If the buttons are held too long (for more than one second) the button press is ignored. NOTE For SRX2 users: If the paired device is running a version of Vocollect VoiceCatalyst prior to 1.2, the pairing breaks only after it times out. 139 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Wearing an SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset 1. Put the headset on and adjust the ear pad to fit snugly over your ear. 2. Position the t-bar directly above, and as closely as possible to, your other ear. 3. If installed, adjust the stability strap so it fits securely across the back of your head. 4. Rotate the electronic module up or down to position the microphone near your mouth. 5. Make final adjustments with the flexible boom so that the microphone is positioned correctly. Position the microphone as close to your mouth as possible, but outside of your breath stream. It should be facing your upper lip, and not touching anything (for example, clothing, skin, or facial hair). The microphone should be approximately 1" from the corner of your mouth. Stability Strap Installation Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 140 1. Hold the headset so that the earpad faces you and the electronic module faces away. 2. Locate the knob on the inside of the headband near the earpad. 3. Hold the strap so that the end with the hole fits over the knob on the headband, and press down firmly so the knob comes all the way up through the hole. 4. Turn the headset so that the t-bar pad faces you. 5. Locate the slot on the end of the headband near the t-bar. 6. Align the knob at the free end of the strap with the slot on the headband. 7. Slide the knob into the slot until it snaps into place. 141 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 8. Position the strap to go around the back of your head. The strap swivels freely on the two knobs so that it can be positioned at the back of the head for either right-ear or left-ear wearing of the headset. Dual Stability Strap Installation Insert, T-Bar Side Insert, Speaker Side Stability Straps (two sets included) Install Insert, T-Bar Side 1. Install the insert, pushing it up into the headband in the orientation shown below. The insert clicks into place on the headband. 2. Select one of the stability straps with a circular post on the end. 3. Insert the end of the stability strap into the oval hole in the clip from the inside. The chamfered side of the strap must face out. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 142 4. Repeat step three for the other strap. Install Insert, Speaker Side 1. Insert the clip onto the post on the headband in the orientation shown below by pressing down on the center of the clip 2. Select one of the stability straps with a circular hole on the end. 3. Press the hole of the stability strap onto the post of the speaker side insert with the posts on the strap facing away in the orientation show below. 143 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 4. Repeat step three for the other strap Replace an Earpad 1. Hold the headset so that the earpad faces you and the electronic module faces away. 2. Grasp the earpad and earpad plate assembly and rotate them to the left to unlock the plate from the headband. 3. Lift the pad and plate assembly off of the headband. 4. Install the replacement pad. a. Remove the ear pad by pulling it away from the ear pad plate. b. Slide one side of the new pad over the edge of the ear pad plate and gently stretch the pad until it covers the plate. c. Ensure that the lip of the new pad completely covers the ear pad plate all the way around. 5. Place the new earpad and earpad plate assembly onto the headset earpiece. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 144 6. Rotate the assembly to the right pressing gently into the earpiece until the assembly locks into place. 145 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 146 WIRED HEADSETS CHAPTER 3 A Honeywell speech recognition headset with an attached microphone allows the operator to hear the device's instructions or questions. The operator talks to the device to request information and enters data by responding to the device's prompts. Using Adaptive Speech Recognition, the headsets account for changes in speaking patterns over time and in different environments in order to improve voice recognition and system performance. An operator uses a headset with a microphone to interact with a device by hearing and responding to instructions. Based on the operator's responses, the device transmits data messages back to the host computer. Choosing the Right Headset Usage SR-15 SR-20 SR-30 SR35 SR-40 SL-14 General use headset Light industrial /
customer facing Freezer use Behind the head High noise areas Use with hard hat Wired Extreme (large/small) head size Extreme (large/small) ear size X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 147 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Headset Features Honeywell offers a variety of wired headsets designed for different environments and wearing preferences. The SR-20 tends to be the most popular general use headset. Other models provide behind-the-head, light industrial, and hardhat options. Headset features include:
l Bidirectional noise-canceling microphones for optimal noise cancellation. l Windscreen to reduce breathing and other background noises that can make it hard for the device to understand what an operator is saying. l Sealed components to prevent corrosion. l Dual strap, padded, stainless steel headbands for increased comfort and stability. l Single strap, lightweight headbands for a personalized fit. l Single-cup models with single ear cups that pivot vertically and horizontally and can be worn on either ear. l Dual-cup model for added noise reduction in loud work environments. l Foam ear pads for quick and easy replacement. l A rotating lever on the outside of the earpiece for moving the microphone up and down without causing stress on the microphone boom. l Repeatable microphone position; a groove catches the boom, placing it in the proper position when the boom is swiveled down for operation. Care and Use The headsets, microphones, cords, and connectors used with the voice system are delicate pieces of electronic equipment. Proper care will ensure that they work well for a long time. See "Care and Use of Voice Equipment" for more information. SL-14 Vocollect Light Industrial Behind-the-Head Headset The SL-14 Vocollect light industrial, behind-the-head headsets are behind-the-head worn headsets designed for worker in light industrial environments. The design of these headsets is appealing for workers who can not wear typical over-the-head models due to hair style, headgear or comfort issues. NOTE These lightweight, non-repairable headsets may be damaged if the "Proper Use and Care"
instructions are not followed. See the "Proper Use and Care" document included with the headset for information. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 148 l The behind-the-head SL headsets are light-industrial headsets designed specifically for speech recognition. They come with an adjustable headband, giving the user a personalized and comfortable fit. l The behind-the-head SL headsets come in both right and left-sided configurations
(identify the configurations desired when ordering). In addition, the SL-14s less obtrusive form makes these headsets suitable for environments where voiceenabled workers are visible to, or interacting with, the public. l The headset is designed for use in an ambient environment (non-condensing). l Proper use and care is to secure the cord to clothing with clips provided for both operational safety as well as to enhance headset stability. SL-14 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 2.19 oz (62 g) with cable 1.13 oz (32 g) without cable Operating temperature 32 F to 122 F (0 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Humidity 5-95% non-condensing Enclosure rating Meets IP54 Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. 149 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Wearing the SL-14 Behind-the-Head Headset 1. Adjust the headset's adjustable headband so it will fit snugly on your head. 2. Place the headset behind your head, and slip the ear loops over your ears. 3. Place the microphone at the corner of your mouth. Position the microphone as close to your mouth as possible, but outside of your breath stream. It should be facing your upper lip, and not touching anything (for example, clothing, skin, or facial hair). 4. Clip the headset cord to the collar or top of your shirt or jacket where it can comfortably fall down your back. This keeps the cord away from your chest and arms where it can become tangled with your work. 5. Let the cable fall down your back, and clip it to the belt near the device. 6. Connect the headset to the device. Proper Use and Care Instructions for SL-14 Headsets The equipment you have purchased has been carefully inspected at the factory. It is not designed to withstand abuse, including use in condensing, wet or freezing conditions. The instructions below are designed to ensure the equipment continues to function in accordance with the published specifications. Damage may be caused to the equipment when used or maintained in an improper manner. Honeywell will not honor repair or replacement requests for damages caused by improper use, maintenance, negligence or abuse, including, but not limited to, those specifically identified below. In these cases, a replacement headset purchase is required, regardless of the age or warranty status of the original equipment. SR-15 Vocollect Behind-the-Head Headset The SR-15 Vocollect behind-the-head headset is designed for workers who cannot wear typical over-the-head headset models due to hair style, headwear, or comfort issues. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 150 l The behind-the-head headset is a rugged headset designed specifically for speech recognition in industrial and warehouse settings. It comes with an adjustable headband, giving the user a personalized and comfortable fit. l The behind-the-head headset comes in a single configuration that can be adjusted by the user to be in a right-ear or left-ear orientation. l The symmetrically designed ear loop can be worn on either ear. l Honeywell strongly recommends securing the cord to clothing with clips provided for both operational safety as well as to enhance headset stability. l If the cord can not be easily secured, Honeywell recommends that it be clipped near the center of the headband to evenly distribute any weight caused by a loose cord. SR-15 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 3.4 oz (96 g) with cable 2.0 oz (58 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested l 15 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 50 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 5-90% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable 151 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Wearing the SR-15 Behind-the-Head Headset 1. Loosen the cable at the headband cord clip on the back of the headband to allow enough slack to move the speaker away from the earloop. 2. Adjust the nylon band on the adjustment strap so that it lies flat against the headband of the headset. 3. Grasp the headset's ear loops and spread them slightly apart. 4. Place the headset behind your head, and slip the ear loops over your ears. 5. Adjust the headset's speaker so it fits snugly over your ear. 6. Place the microphone at the corner of your mouth. Position the microphone as close to your mouth as possible, but outside of your breath stream. It should be facing your upper lip, and not touching anything (for example, clothing, skin, or facial hair). 7. Clip the headset cord to your shirt or jacket where it is comfortable. 8. Let the cable fall down your back, and clip it to the belt near the device. If you are using a device cover, we recommend that you clip the bottom clip directly onto the cover. 9. Adjust the nylon adjustment strap on the back of the headband so that it fits firmly, but comfortably, against the back of your head. The nylon band can be adjusted by sliding the plastic buckle. 10. Connect the headset to the device. Removing the SR-15 Headset Adjustment Strap 1. Align the keying rib on the plunger with the slot in the barrel. 2. Push the plunger all the way down until the plunger top lip contacts the top of the barrel, making sure the keying rib is inside the keying rib slot. 3. With the plunger pressed all the way in, pull the adjustment strap clip to remove it from the headband. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 152 4. Repeat these steps for the clip on the other side. Attaching the SR-15 Headset Adjustment Strap 1. Align the keying rib on the plunger with the slot in the barrel. 2. Push the plunger all the way down until the plunger top lip contacts the top of the barrel, making sure the keying rib is inside the keying rib slot. 3. With the plunger pressed all the way in, place the headband into the slot on the side of the adjustment strap barrel. 4. Repeat these steps for the clip on the other side. Replacing the Headband Cord Clip on the SR-15 Headset 1. Unclip the cord from the headband cord clip by pushing the plunger all the way down and gently pulling the cord out of the clip. 2. Remove the two screws (part 3 in the figure below). Screws require a Phillips #1 driver. Note that older headband parts may require a Torx or Allen driver. 3. Place the headband in the groove of the replacement clip assembly part 2. Place clip assembly part 1 over the headband, aligning with the groove and screw holes on part 2. 153 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 4. Insert the supplied screws (3) through the holes in clip assembly part 1 and into part 2. 5. Tighten the screws with 3.0 in-lbs (0.34 Nm) torque so that there is no gap between parts 1 and 2. 6. Using the plunger, attach the cord to the cord clip. Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-15 Headset 1. With headset removed and disconnected, rotate the headband away from the microphone/speaker assembly. l If the cable is clipped to the center of the back of the headset, either unclip it or allow enough slack to be able to move the headband away from the microphone/speaker assembly. 2. Remove the worn foam cover from the speaker assembly. 3. Place the new foam cover over one of the three mounting ribs. 4. Gently pull the foam over the other two mounting ribs. 5. Rotate the microphone/speaker assembly back towards the headband. You will hear a click when it is in place. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 154 SR-20-Series Vocollect Lightweight Headset The SR-20 Vocollect Lightweight Headset is able to withstand heavy use in challenging warehouse conditions, such as extreme temperature differences, condensation and accidental drops. The SR-20 Headset also remains comfortable during a full shift. The SR-21 Headset is a universal version designed to be used with handheld devices. SR-20 Headset Specifications SR-20 with Straight Cord Specification Details Weight 5.4 oz (153 g) with cable 3.9 oz (110 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) 155 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Details Drop Tested l 15 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 50 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 5-95% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. SR-20 with Coiled Cord Specification Details Weight 6.5 oz (184 g) with cable 3.9 oz (110 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 100% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 156 SR-21 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 5.0 oz (141 g) with cable 3.9 oz (110 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 100% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-20 Series Headsets 1. With headset removed and disconnected, rotate the microphone boom so that it is in line with the headset yoke. 2. Hold the headset by the yoke in one hand. With the other hand rotate the earpiece counter-clockwise 10 degrees. 3. Disengage the earpiece section from the headset. 4. Remove the worn foam cover. 5. With the black O-ring gasket facing out, place a new ear pad over the ear pad mounting disk. If the ear pad mounting disk does not have a black O-ring gasket attached to it, performance may be affected. You must replace the entire ear pad mounting disk, which includes the black O-ring gasket. 6. Line up the keys on the earpiece to the headset, connect the mounting disk. 7. Rotate the earpiece clockwise 10 degrees to secure it. Note that the earpiece will not engage with the headset if it is backwards. 157 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide SR-30 Vocollect High-Noise Headset The SR-31 Headset is a universal version designed to be used with handheld devices. SR-30 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 7.7 oz (218 g) with cable 6.2 oz (175 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested l 15 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 50 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 158 Specification Details Humidity 5-90% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Average 5 dB NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. SR-31 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 7.3 oz (206 g) with cable 6.2 oz (175 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 100% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Average 6 dB NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-30, SR-35 and the SR-40 Headsets 1. With headset removed and disconnected, hold the headset in one hand. 2. At the seam on the bottom of the ear cup housing where the ear pad connects to the plastic ear cup, pull the ear pad and plastic mounting plate outward until it disconnects. 3. Remove the worn ear pad from the plastic mounting plate and place the new ear pad over the plastic mounting plate. Do not cover the three posts. 4. Line up the posts on the plastic mounting plate with the ear cup housing and snap into place. 159 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide SR-35 Vocollect Hard-Hat Headset The SR-35 Vocollect hard-hat headset has a built-in clip that fits most industrial hard hats. The SR-35 headset can only be used with a hard hat that has a slot on the side that accepts a Peltor clip. This clip is sold separately. Installing the SR-35 Headset to a Hard Hat 1. Position the fork assembly so that the hard-hat clip is at the top end of the earcup, opposite the cord end. 2. Push the clips on the two fork ends onto the pegs on either side of the earcup. Some force is required. 3. Position the hard-hat clip with the tab pointing into the slot on the side of the hard hat. The front of the clip with the screw should face away from the hard hat. 4. Slide the clip into the slot until it is firmly seated. SR-35 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 6.2 oz (175 g) with cable 4.7 oz (133 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 160 Specification Details Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested l 15 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 50 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 5-90% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Average 5 dB NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-30, SR-35 and the SR-40 Headsets 1. With headset removed and disconnected, hold the headset in one hand. 2. At the seam on the bottom of the ear cup housing where the ear pad connects to the plastic ear cup, pull the ear pad and plastic mounting plate outward until it disconnects. 3. Remove the worn ear pad from the plastic mounting plate and place the new ear pad over the plastic mounting plate. Do not cover the three posts. 4. Line up the posts on the plastic mounting plate with the ear cup housing and snap into place. 161 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide SR-40 Vocollect Dual-Cup Headset The SR-40 Vocollect Dual-Cup headset is designed for extremely loud work environments. The two ear cups block out intrusive noise. SR-40 Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 9.6 oz (272 g) with cable 8.1 oz (229 g) without cable Operating temperature
-40 F to 122 F (-40 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Enclosure rating Meets IP67 Humidity 100% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Average 7 db Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 162 NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Replacing the Ear Pad on the SR-30, SR-35 and the SR-40 Headsets 1. With headset removed and disconnected, hold the headset in one hand. 2. At the seam on the bottom of the ear cup housing where the ear pad connects to the plastic ear cup, pull the ear pad and plastic mounting plate outward until it disconnects. 3. Remove the worn ear pad from the plastic mounting plate and place the new ear pad over the plastic mounting plate. Do not cover the three posts. 4. Line up the posts on the plastic mounting plate with the ear cup housing and snap into place. Wearing a Wired Headset 1. Put the headset on and adjust the ear pad to fit snugly over your ear. 163 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 2. Rotate the electronic module up or down to position the microphone near your mouth. 3. Make final adjustments with the flexible boom so that the microphone is positioned correctly. Position the microphone as close to your mouth as possible, but outside of your breath stream. It should be facing your upper lip, and not touching anything (for example, clothing, skin, or facial hair). The microphone should be approximately 1" from the corner of your mouth. 4. Use the cable clips to fasten the wire to the collar and belt to prevent snagging. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 164 5. Locate the yellow port on the A720/A720x. 6. Snap the connector into place. 165 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 166 ACCESSORIES CHAPTER 4 Honeywell offers a variety of accessories for wearing, protecting, and facilitating the operations of Talkman and other devices. Belts and Holsters IMPORTANT To comply with government safety standards, Vocollect devices must be mounted in an approved manner using a belt, holster, or vehicle mounted terminal configuration. Devices in a non-approved holders are loose, non-secured powered objects in the workplace, which poses a safety issue. A700 Belt Specifications Belt Size Dimensions XS S M L XL XXL XXXL 18" - 26" (46cm-66cm) 24" - 32" (61cm-81cm) 28" - 36" (71cm-91cm) 34" - 42" (61cm-107cm) 40" - 48" (102cm-122cm) 46" - 54" (117cm-137cm) 52" - 60" (132cm-152cm) 167 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Belt Part Belt material Velcro Belt fastener Specification Nylon YKK Hook and Loop ITW Nexus 127-3200 A700 Holster Specifications Belt material Belt fastener Nylon Non-replacable Using the Talkman Scanning Device Holster A700x/A700 devices have two slots that run the length of the body. These can be used to attach the device to a belt. 1. Put the belt on with the clip either on your right or left side. 2. Position the device so that the slots on the top and bottom align with the runners on the clip. 3. Slide the device into the clip until you hear a click. When you remove the device from the clip, you must apply a small amount of pressure away from you while sliding it away from the clip. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 168 CAUTION The scanner is designed for occasional use and should not be used more than six times per hour. Other scanning devices more suited to hands-free and eyes-free scanning should be used for optimum performance. Using the Talkman Device Holster The holster is designed for the A710x/A710 and A720x/A720 devices that will not be handled frequently throughout a shift. NOTE Honeywell strongly recommends using a Honeywell holster for your device. Placing a device in a pocket or other enclosed space can cause issues with WiFi performance. 1. Attach the holster to the belt. 2. Undo the Velcro strips. 3. Slide the device into the holster, with the buttons facing up. 4. Fasten the Velcro strips. Inline Adapter Cables: Talkman and Handheld Devices A device-specific inline adapter training cable, also referred to as a "Y" or splitter cable, must be used with third-party handheld devices in order to connect both a Honeywell headset and listening system to the device. Inline adapter training cables must only be used with listening systems approved by Honeywell. 169 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Training Cable (TR-603-102) for Talkman, Wired Scanner, and Listening Ki Connecting Inline Adapter Training Cables 1. Connect your Vocollect SR-Series headset's connector to the matching end of the training adapter cable. 2. Connect the 3.5 mm jack on the training cable to the input jack on your listening device. 3. Connect the other end of the training cable to the appropriate port on your handheld device. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 170 CHARGERS CHAPTER 5 Honeywell offers charger units that can charge one or more batteries individually or while inserted in Talkman devices. WARNING Only Honeywell-approved batteries should be placed in the battery charger. Do not attempt to charge any other type of battery in the charger. Talkman devices should be placed into a charger when not in use. The charger charges the device's battery while linking to the host computer to download new voice applications, reconfigure device settings, and update device software. CAUTION Keep water and moisture away from the charger at all times. If a battery has any condensation from use in a cold environment such as a freezer, dry the battery before placing it into the charger. Tips for Use l Do not place a device into a charger without a battery attached to it. l A device is always on when it is in a charger. When a device that is powered off is placed into a charger, it automatically turns on. l Chargers are available to charge batteries either inserted in the device or separate from the device. l Honeywell recommends that a protective device, such as an uninterruptible power supply with surge protection and lightning arrestor capability, be used with battery chargers. A700/A700x Chargers NOTE The A700 battery charger charges standard or high capacity batteries for the A700 and the A700x. Although the batteries may differ in color, the A700 and A700x batteries are interchangeable. 171 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A700/A700x 6-Bay Device Charger The A700 6- bay device charger can be used with A700 or A700x devices. l The A700 6-bay device charger can charge up to 6 Talkman devices at one time without having to remove the batteries. l Refer to the Charging a Battery in a Talkman Device topic for more information. l The Talkman device charger is designed to be placed on a desktop or mounted on a wall using a DIN rail. Customer with multiple chargers must allow the required space between wall mounted units and must avoid stacking desktop units on top of each other. NOTE Do not place a device into a charger without a battery attached to it. A device that has been on and in use for more than eight hours will automatically power off and then back on after it has been in the charger for five minutes. Also, a device that has been in a charger for more than eight hours will automatically power off and then back on. A700/A700xBattery Charger The A700 12- bay battery charger can be used with A700 or A700x batteries. l The A700 12-bay battery charger can charge up to 12 batteries at one time. l The LED indicator light on the charger front panel indicates if the charger is powered on or not. l Each battery port has LED lights that indicate battery charge status and battery health. l Refer to the Charging a Talkman Battery topic for more information. l The battery charger is designed to be placed on a desktop or mounted on a wall using a DIN rail. Customer with multiple chargers must allow the required space between wall mounted units and must avoid stacking desktop units on top of each other. l Charger firmware can be updated using the Honeywell Accessory Update Utility. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 172 A700/A700x Battery Charger LED Indicators If the LEDs indicate that there is a problem, refer to information on troubleshooting to solve the problem. See Troubleshooting Problems Indicated by LED. The A700/A700x battery charger has an LED indicator light, located at the bottom right of the charger face, that signals the status of the charger. l Solid green LED: Charger power is on l No light: Charger power is off If the LEDs indicate that there is a problem, refer to information on troubleshooting to solve the problem. See Troubleshooting Problems Indicated by LED. Charger Port Indicators Additionally, each battery port has two LED indicator lights that apply to the status of the resident battery. l The ring LED is a circular light that indicates the battery's charge status. l The alert LED, in the shape of an exclamation point (!), indicates that there is a battery condition requiring attention. When this indicator is on, the battery on that charger port may not last a full shift. Check VoiceConsole for a specific alert message. Battery Port Indicators The following chart describes the patterns for the battery port LED indicator lights. Ring LED (Charge Status) Alert LED (Battery Health) Battery Status Solid Green Off Battery is fully charged Solid Yellow Off Battery is charging Blinking Red Off Charging fault detected Solid Green Solid Red Battery alert condition; fully charged 173 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Ring LED (Charge Status) Alert LED (Battery Health) Battery Status Solid Yellow Solid Red Battery alert condition; charging Blinking Red Solid Red Battery alert condition; fault detected Talkman Device Charger and Battery Charger Wall Mount The A700 device charger and the A700 battery charger are ready for mounting on a standard DIN rail without any customer modifications. A DIN rail must be installed on a wall in a suitable location. Honeywell offers a DIN rail suitable for mounting a single charger, but customers may choose to purchase rails from other suppliers as long as the rails meet Honeywell specifications. Consider the following before wall mounting your charger. l Customer assembly required for the rail wall mount. l Customer assumes all responsibility for the installation of charger units. l Installer must verify that the installation meets all local building codes. l Avoid potential hazards (electrical wires, waterlines, and similar building components) when drilling into the wall. l Avoid blocking power outlets and other wall receptacles when installing the rail and charger. l Anchoring a wall mount rail to a wall stud generally results in a more stable installation. If you drill into a wall stud, do not use a screw anchor in that hole. l If you are mounting two chargers side by side, you must leave at least 1 in. (2.54 cm.) of space between the two units to allow clearance for the locking arms. l Rails must be anchored to the wall at least 12 in. (30.5 cm.) from the floor to allow for proper attachment, seating, and removal of the charger unit. l If you are mounting a charger directly above another charger, Honeywell recommends clearance of at least 10 in. (25.4 cm.) between DIN rails. The following image shows the back of the charger and points of interest for mounting the charger to the wall.. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 174 12233445 Part Number in Dia-
gram Description 1 2 3 4 5 power supply rubber stops for leveling charger against wall locking arms for securing charger to DIN rail mounting hooks for hanging charger on DIN rail USB port for charger software upgrades (only on battery charger) Mounting the A700/A700x Battery Charger You will need:
l Drill l Fasteners l Screw driver l DIN rail, slotted steel 35 mm X 15 mm, Honeywell Part #CM-1000-20-101 or customer-
supplied DIN rail meeting the following specifications :
DIN rail specs Standard DIN rail Single unit length 550 mm; weight 331.5 g
(11.6933 oz) Number of chargers on rail Minimum cut lengths for rail 1 2 3 550 mm 1101 mm 1652 mm 1. Install the DIN rail on the wall in the desired location. Ensure that the secure installation, supporting surface, and mounting hardware will safely support the weight of a fully loaded charger, at 25 lbs. per linear foot (37.2 kg/m) of DIN rail. Ensure that the anchor holes are at least 12 inches (30.5 cm.) from the floor. Verify that the installation meets all local building codes. 175 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide IMPORTANT The power supply for the charger should already be zip-tied in the back of the charger chassis. If it is not, plug the power supply into the charger and secure it. Do not plug it into a power source until after mounting is complete. 2. Before attaching the charger to the rail, open the locking arms on the back of the unit by rotating the two levers out on each side of the charger. The arms are parallel to the floor in the unlocked position. 3. Attach the charger to the DIN rail by hanging the two hooks on the back of the unit on the top lip of the rail. 4. Slide the charger horizontally to the desired position on the rail, and rotate the locking 5. arms into the locked position - flush with both sides of the unit. If the charger does not feel secure on the rail, adjust the rubber stops on the back of the unit by screwing them out toward the wall. 6. Plug the power supply into a power source and check the LED indicator at the bottom right of the charger face. If the indicator light is a solid green, the charger is powered on. SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charger The SRX2/SRX3 20-bay or 6-bay battery charger can be used with SRX2 or SRX3 batteries. l The SRX2/SRX3 battery charger has two models, a 20-Bay charger to charge up to 20 batteries at one time, and a 6-Bay charger to charge up to 6 batteries at one time. l The LED indicator light on the charger front panel indicates if the charger is powered on or not. l Each battery port has LED lights that indicate battery charge status and battery health. l SRX2/SRX3 headset battery chargers are designed to be placed on a desktop or mounted on a wall using a DIN rail. Customer with multiple chargers must allow the required space between wall mounted units and must avoid stacking desktop units on top of each other. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 176 SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charger Specifications 20-Bay Charger 6-Bay Charger Weight Width Depth 8 lbs (3.63 kg) with 20 batteries 6.38 lbs. (2.89 kg.) without batteries 2.5 lbs. (1.14 kg) with 6 batteries 2.1 lbs. (0.96 kg.) without batteries Approximately 55 cm (21.65 in.) Approximately 26.67 cm (10.5 in.) Approximately 15.8 cm (6.22 in.) Approximately 11.43 cm (4.5 in.) Height Approximately 15.7 cm (6.18 in.) Approximately 12.06 cm (4.75 in.) Input Output Power supply input voltage: 90VAC to 264VAC, 50/60Hz Power supply input voltage: 100VAC to 240VAC, 50/60Hz Power supply input current: 2A max Power supply input current: 2A max Power supply output voltage: 12V Power supply output voltage: 5V Power supply output power: 80W max Power supply output power: 20W max Less than 40W required to charge 20 batteries from fully depleted to fully charged. Less than 10W required to charge 6 batteries from fully depleted to fully charged. Cord Uses standard IEC 60320 plug Uses wall adapter with switchable plugs provided in kit Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C)
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C)
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) 5% - 95% relative humidity, non-
condensing 5% - 95% relative humidity, non-
condensing NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. 177 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide CAUTION The 5V power supply for the 6-bay unit is a small wall-mounted supply at the end of the cord. The Plug Socket of the power supply is considered the Disconnect Device to the A.C. Mains. The socket-outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily accessible. SRX2/SRX3 Battery Charger LED Indicators The SRX2/SRX3 battery chargers have an LED indicator light, located at the bottom right of the charger face, that signals the status of the charger. l Solid green LED: Charger power is on l No light: Charger power is off l Solid red LED: Charger is experiencing a power fault NOTE If the charger LED indicator is red, unplug the charger power supply from the power source, and remove all batteries. Plug the power supply into the power source again. If the LED remains red, the charger may require repair or replacement. If the LEDs indicate that there is a problem, refer to information on troubleshooting to solve the problem. See Troubleshooting Problems Indicated by LED. Charger Port Indicators Additionally, each battery port has two LED indicator lights that apply to the status of the resident battery. l The ring LED is a circular light that indicates the battery's charge status. l The alert LED, in the shape of an exclamation point (!), indicates that there is a battery condition requiring attention. When this indicator is on, the battery on that charger port may not last a full shift. Check VoiceConsole for a specific alert message. Battery Port Indicators The following chart describes the patterns for the battery port LED indicator lights. Ring LED (Charge Status) Alert LED (Battery Health) Battery Status Solid Green Off Battery is fully charged Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 178 Ring LED (Charge Status) Alert LED (Battery Health) Battery Status Solid Yellow Off Battery is charging Blinking Red Off Charging fault detected Solid Green Solid Red Battery alert condition; fully charged Solid Yellow Solid Red Battery alert condition; charging Blinking Red Solid Red Battery alert condition; fault detected Headset Battery Charger Wall Mount This unit provides a convenient surface for mounting the headset battery charger and its associated power supply on a wall. l Customer assembly required. l Customer assumes all responsibility for the installation of these units. l Avoid potential hazards (electrical wires, waterlines, and similar building components) when drilling into the wall. l Avoid blocking power outlets and other wall receptacles when installing the charger. l Anchoring a wall mount to a wall stud generally results in a more stable installation. If you drill into a wall stud, do not use a screw anchor in that hole. l Anchors must be at least 12 in. (30.48 cm.) from the floor to allow for proper attachment, seating, and removal of the charger unit. Mounting the SRX2/SRX3 Battery Chargers You will need:
l Drill l Fasteners l Screw driver 179 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l DIN rail, slotted steel 35 mm X 15 mm, Honeywell Part #CM-1000-20-101 or customer-
supplied DIN rail meeting the following specifications :
DIN rail specs Standard DIN rail Single unit length 550 mm; weight 331.5 g
(11.6933 oz) Number of chargers on rail Minimum cut lengths for rail 1 2 3 550 mm 1101 mm 1652 mm 1. Install the DIN rail on the wall in the desired location. Ensure that the secure installation, supporting surface, and mounting hardware will safely support the weight of a fully loaded charger, at 25 lbs. per linear foot (37.2 kg/m) of DIN rail. Ensure that the anchor holes are at least 12 inches (30.5 cm.) from the floor. Verify that the installation meets all local building codes. IMPORTANT The power supply for the charger should already be zip-tied in the back of the charger chassis. If it is not, plug the power supply into the charger and secure it. Do not plug it into a power source until after mounting is complete. 2. Before attaching the charger to the rail, open the locking arms on the back of the unit by rotating the two levers out on each side of the charger. The arms are parallel to the floor in the unlocked position. 3. Attach the charger to the DIN rail by hanging the two hooks on the back of the unit on the top lip of the rail. 4. Slide the charger horizontally to the desired position on the rail, and rotate the locking 5. arms into the locked position - flush with both sides of the unit. If the charger does not feel secure on the rail, adjust the rubber stops on the back of the unit by screwing them out toward the wall. 6. Plug the power supply into a power source and check the LED indicator at the bottom right of the charger face. If the indicator light is a solid green, the charger is powered on. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 180 PERIPHERALS CHAPTER 6 NOTE The peripherals below have been tested with the A700/A700x using the latest VoiceCatalyst release for each device type. Additional solutions should be discussed with Product Management, Sales, and Tech Support to determine if any unlisted peripherals may work with the A700/A700x solution or may be considered for inclusion in future releases. Also see: "Accessories"
Bluetooth Peripherals Pairing Bluetooth peripherals is most reliable when pairing via VoiceConsole. In addition, authentication between the device and the peripheral is required. Manual pairing of peripherals is possible in some instances (more likely if the device and peripheral are close together), but may take several attempts. Workaround is to configure peripherals to use authentication and pair them using VoiceConsole. Peripheral-specific information is included below. Wireless Headsets See pairing information for wireless headsets. Bar Code Scanners Honeywell 8690i Wearable RFID Mini Mobile Computer NOTE Refer to the 8690i User Guide for additional information and configuration bar codes. Device as Initiator Configure 8690i l The 8690i must be set to Host Reconnect Mode (the 8690i will attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the device will manage the reconnection). l The 8690i must be configured to add termination characters (i.e., <CR><LF>). 181 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Host Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. Additional information:
l The 8690i User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the 8690i. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" and is found on the side of the battery unit of the 8690i. 8. For Security select "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. If security is enabled, enter "0000" for Security Key. 9. 10. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 8690i as Initiator l The 8690i must be set to Scanner Reconnect Mode (the 8690i will continuously attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the 8690i will manage the reconnection). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Scanner Reconnect Mode bar code. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 182 IMPORTANT The bar code may be different from the one included in earlier versions of VoiceCatalyst 4.x Release Notes. l For an 8690i running firmware version EE000071BAC or greater - this bar code is required. l For an 8690i running earlier versions of the firmware - this bar code is recommended although the bar code provided in earlier versions of the release notes does work with these earlier firmware versions. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. 4. For scan-based pairing, create a pairing bar code for each device. The bar code begins with {FNC3}LnkB followed by the 12-digit Bluetooth MAC address for the device:
Additional information:
l The 8690i User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. l Use the Bluetooth Disconnect bar code to unlink the 8690i from the device. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 8. Scan the LnkB bar code created above to initiate pairing. 9. On the 8690i, observe the Bluetooth symbol in the user window status screen. The symbol will change from cross out or flashing to continuously lit when the 8690i is paired with the host device. TouchConnect CAUTION During the NFC pairing process, the device is discoverable as a Bluetooth device. 183 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l The 8690i must be set to Host Reconnect Mode (the device will attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the device will manage the reconnection). l The 8690i must be configured to add termination characters (i.e., <CR><LF>). l The 8690i User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. NOTE The first three steps below only need configured once for each 8690i. If the 8690i is already configured, start with step 4. 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Host Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. 4. Set the BluetoothScannerConnectionMenuEnable parameter to "1". 5. Select the menu option Touch pair Bluetooth scanner by pressing the device- button three times. l This menu option is not available if a scanner is already connected. l The device NFC reader is activated. l The device device state (ring) indicator blinks green. l The operation can be cancelled by pressing the Play/Pause button, connecting or disconnecting a headset, or placing the device in a charger. 6. The device speaks "Please touch pair a scanner or press play/pause to cancel". 7. Place the 8690i next to the device. l The 8690i should be flush against the side of the device, centered on the A700x NFC target (indicated by the the device (this is the end of the device which is inserted into a charger). icon). The 8690i should be pointed toward the bottom of l Ensure the 8690i is awake by pressing the Scan button. A buzz sound will be heard when the 8690i is not connected. 8. When the tag is read, the device speaks "Scanner detected, please wait". l The device ring LED is spinning yellow. l The device buttons are disabled while pairing. l The 8690i will beep to indicated it is connected. l The device ring LED will start blinking green. l The NFC reader will shut off. 9. The device will speak "Scanner paired" and then "Goodnight". Unpairing the 8690i Use this process to disconnect an 8690i that was TouchConnect paired with an device. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 184 IMPORTANT VoiceConsole will still report that the device and 8690i are paired even after following the procedure below. This is a known issue. 1. Verify the 8690i is connected and that the BluetoothScannerConnectionMenuEnable parameter is set to "1". 2. Select the menu option Unpair Bluetooth scanner by pressing the device - button three times. l This menu option is only available if a scanner is connected. 3. The device speaks "Unpairing Bluetooth scanner". l The device ring LED begins spinning yellow. l The device buttons are disabled while unpairing the scanner. 4. The device will speak "Scanner unpaired" and then "Goodnight". Honeywell 8680i Wearable Mini Mobile Computer NOTE Refer to the 8680i User Guide for additional information and configuration bar codes. Device as Initiator Configure 8680i l The 8680i must be set to Host Reconnect Mode (the 8680i will attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the device will manage the reconnection). l The 8680i must be configured to add termination characters (i.e., <CR><LF>). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Host Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. Additional information:
l The 8680i User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. 185 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the 8680i. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" and is found on the side of the battery unit of the 8680i. 8. For Security select "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. If security is enabled, enter "0000" for Security Key. 9. 10. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 8680i as Initiator l The 8680i must be set to Scanner Reconnect Mode (the 8680i will continuously attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the 8680i will manage the reconnection). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Scanner Reconnect Mode bar code. IMPORTANT The bar code may be different from the one included in earlier versions of VoiceCatalyst 4.x Release Notes. l For an 8680i running firmware version EE000071BAC or greater - this bar code is required. l For an 8680i running earlier versions of the firmware - this bar code is recommended although the bar code provided in earlier versions of the release notes does work with these earlier firmware versions. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. 4. For scan-based pairing, create a pairing bar code for each device. The bar code begins with {FNC3}LnkB followed by the 12-digit Bluetooth MAC address for the device:
Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 186 Additional information:
l The 8680i User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. l Use the Bluetooth Disconnect bar code to unlink the 8680i from the device. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 8. Scan the LnkB bar code created above to initiate pairing. 9. On the 8680i, observe the Bluetooth symbol in the user window status screen. The symbol will change from cross out or flashing to continuously lit when the 8680i is paired with the host device. TouchConnect CAUTION During the NFC pairing process, the device is discoverable as a Bluetooth device. l The 8680i must be set to Host Reconnect Mode (the device will attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the device will manage the reconnection). l The 8680i must be configured to add termination characters (i.e., <CR><LF>). l The 8680i User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. NOTE The first three steps below only need configured once for each 8680i. If the 8680i is already configured, start with step 4. 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 187 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 2. Scan the Host Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. 4. Set the BluetoothScannerConnectionMenuEnable parameter to "1". 5. Select the menu option Touch pair Bluetooth scanner by pressing the device- button three times. l This menu option is not available if a scanner is already connected. l The device NFC reader is activated. l The device device state (ring) indicator blinks green. l The operation can be cancelled by pressing the Play/Pause button, connecting or disconnecting a headset, or placing the device in a charger. 6. The device speaks "Please touch pair a scanner or press play/pause to cancel". 7. Place the 8680i next to the device. l The 8680i should be flush against the side of the device, centered on the A700x NFC target (indicated by the the device (this is the end of the device which is inserted into a charger). icon). The 8680i should be pointed toward the bottom of l Ensure the 8680i is awake by pressing the Scan button. A buzz sound will be heard when the 8680i is not connected. 8. When the tag is read, the device speaks "Scanner detected, please wait". l The device ring LED is spinning yellow. l The device buttons are disabled while pairing. l The 8680i will beep to indicated it is connected. l The device ring LED will start blinking green. l The NFC reader will shut off. 9. The device will speak "Scanner paired" and then "Goodnight". Unpairing the 8680i Use this process to disconnect an 8680i that was TouchConnect paired with an device. IMPORTANT VoiceConsole will still report that the device and 8680i are paired even after following the procedure below. This is a known issue. 1. Verify the 8680i is connected and that the BluetoothScannerConnectionMenuEnable parameter is set to "1". 2. Select the menu option Unpair Bluetooth scanner by pressing the device - button three times. l This menu option is only available if a scanner is connected. 3. The device speaks "Unpairing Bluetooth scanner". l The device ring LED begins spinning yellow. l The device buttons are disabled while unpairing the scanner. 4. The device will speak "Scanner unpaired" and then "Goodnight". Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 188 Honeywell 8670 Wireless Ring Scanner NOTE Refer to the 8670 User Guide for additional information and configuration bar codes. Device as Initiator Configure 8670 Scanner l The 8670 scanner must be set to Host Reconnect Mode (the 8670 will attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the device will manage the reconnection). l The 8670 must be configured to add termination characters (i.e., <CR><LF>). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Host Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. Additional information:
l The 8670 User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" and is found on the side of the battery unit of the scanner. 8. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 189 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 8670 Scanner as Initiator l The 8670 scanner must be set to Scanner Reconnect Mode (the scanner will continuously attempt to connect to the device, and if disconnected the scanner will manage the reconnection). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Scanner Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. 4. For scan-based pairing, create a pairing bar code for each device. The bar code begins with {FNC3}LnkB followed by the 12-digit Bluetooth MAC address for the device:
Additional information:
l The 8670 User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. l Use the Bluetooth Disconnect bar code to unlink the scanner from the device. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 8. Scan the LnkB bar code created above to initiate pairing. 9. The 8670 scanner indicates a successful connection with the following indicators:
l The LED on the scanner flashes green and a beep is sounded. l The LED on the Bluetooth module is solid blue. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 190 Honeywell Granit 1911i Scanner NOTE Refer to the Xenon/Granit User Guide for additional information and configuration bar codes. NOTE The process below connects the peripheral using the Default profile. To use the Master profile, set the following:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\NetworkD\RadioSettings]
TerminalRoleSRX=master TerminalRoleOther=master Device as Initiator Configure Granit 1911i Scanner l The Granit 1911i scanner must be set to Host Reconnect Mode (the Granit 1911i will attempt to connect to the device host, and if disconnected the device will manage the reconnection). l The Granit 1911i must be configured to add termination characters (i.e., <CR><LF>). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Host Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. Additional information:
l The Xenon/Granit User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 191 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" and is found on the side of the battery unit of the scanner. 8. For Security select "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. If security is enabled, enter "0000" for Security Key. 9. 10. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Scanner as Initiator l The Granit 1911i scanner must be set to Scanner Reconnect Mode (the scanner will continuously attempt to connect to the device, and if disconnected the scanner will manage the reconnection). 1. Restore factory defaults by scanning the Remove Custom Defaults and Activate Defaults bar codes. 2. Scan the Scanner Reconnect Mode bar code. 3. Scan the bar code to add a carriage return and line feed as termination characters. 4. For scan-based pairing, create a pairing bar code for each Talkman device. The bar code begins with {FNC3}LnkB followed by the 12-digit Bluetooth MAC address for the Talkman device:
Additional information:
l The Xenon/Granit User Guide contains bar codes to set other combinations of termination characters. To add a different termination suffix, scan the SUFBK2 (Add Suffix) bar code, then scan the bar codes for the desired suffix. l Use the Bluetooth Disconnect bar code to unlink the scanner from the Talkman device. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 192 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the Talkman device. 3. View the properties of the Talkman device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired.. 8. Scan the LnkB bar code created above to initiate pairing. 9. The 8670 scanner indicates a successful connection with the following indicators:
l The LED on the scanner flashes green and a beep is sounded. l The LED on the Bluetooth module is solid blue. Intermec SF51 Scanner NOTE The process below connects the peripheral using the Default profile. To use the Master profile, set the following:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\NetworkD\RadioSettings]
TerminalRoleSRX=master TerminalRoleOther=master Device as Initiator Configure SF51 Scanner To use this scanner with a Voice device, you need to generate and scan configuration bar codes:
1. Install the following on your PC:
l EasySet (to generate configuration bar codes for the scanner), download from Software > Barcode Scanners > Printer Drivers > Intermec Windows driver using the link below These items can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading EasySet. 4. After installing EasySet, start the program and select your scanner model. 5. Generate a restore factory settings bar code by selecting 2. Reset all parameters >
administrator reset factory defaults. 6. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. 7. If using security:
a. Use EasySet to generate a security enabled bar code by selecting 3. Interface >
Bluetooth > Security > Enable. b. Scan the bar code. c. Optional: generate and scan a bar code to set a custom pin by selecting 3. Interface
> Bluetooth > Security> Compose PIN:. 193 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" or "BDA" and is found on a label on the scanner. 8. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 9. If using security, set Security Key to "0000" or the PIN entered when generating the custom PIN bar code. 10. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Scanner as Initiator Configure SF51 Scanner To use this scanner with an device, you need to generate and scan configuration bar codes:
1. Install the following on your PC:
l EasySet (to generate configuration bar codes for the scanner), download from Software > Barcode Scanners > Printer Drivers > Intermec Windows driver using the link below This can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading EasySet. 4. After installing EasySet, start the program and select your scanner model. 5. Generate a restore factory settings bar code by selecting 2. Reset all parameters >
administrator reset factory defaults . 6. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. 7. If using security:
a. Use EasySet to generate a security enabled bar code by selecting 3. Interface >
Bluetooth > Security > Enable. b. Scan the bar code. c. Optional: generate and scan a bar code to set a custom pin by selecting 3. Interface
> Bluetooth > Security> Compose PIN:. 8. Generate a bar code containing the MAC address of the device you wish to connect with by selecting 3. Interface > Bluetooth > Bluetooth Quick Connect > Compose BT : and enter the MAC address. 9. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 194 Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter "0000" or the PIN entered when generating the custom PIN bar code. 8. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Intermec SF61B Scanner NOTE The process below connects the peripheral using the Default profile. To use the Master profile, set the following:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\NetworkD\RadioSettings]
TerminalRoleSRX=master TerminalRoleOther=master Device as Initiator Configure SF61B Scanner To use this scanner with a Voice device, you need to generate and scan configuration bar codes:
1. Install the following on your PC:
l EasySet (to generate configuration bar codes for the scanner), download from Software > Barcode Scanners > Printer Drivers > Intermec Windows driver using the link below This can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading EasySet. 4. After installing EasySet, start the program and select your scanner model. The SF61B may be listed under Legacy Products. 5. Generate a restore factory settings bar code by selecting 2. Reset all parameters > Reset factory defaults . 6. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. 195 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 7. If using security:
a. Use EasySet to generate a security enabled bar code by selecting 3. Interface >
Bluetooth > Security > Enable. b. Scan the bar code. c. Optional: generate and scan a bar code to set a custom pin by selecting 3. Interface
> Bluetooth > Security> Compose PIN:. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" or "BDA" and is found on a label on the scanner. 8. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 9. If using security, set Security Key to "0000" or the PIN entered when generating the custom PIN bar code. 10. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Scanner as Initiator Configure SF61B Scanner To use this scanner with a Honeywell Voice device, you need to generate and scan configuration bar codes:
1. Install the following on your PC:
l EasySet (to generate configuration bar codes for the scanner), download from Software > Barcode Scanners > Printer Drivers > Intermec Windows driver using the link below This can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading EasySet. 4. After installing EasySet, start the program and select your scanner model. 5. Generate a restore factory settings bar code by selecting 2. Reset all parameters > Reset factory defaults . 6. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. 7. If using security:
a. Use EasySet to generate a security enabled bar code by selecting 3. Interface >
Bluetooth > Security > Enable. b. Scan the bar code. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 196 c. Optional: generate and scan a bar code to set a custom pin by selecting 3. Interface
> Bluetooth > Security> Compose PIN:. 8. Generate a bar code containing the MAC address of the device you wish to connect with by selecting 3. Interface > Bluetooth > Bluetooth Quick Connect > Compose BT : and enter the MAC address. 9. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter "0000" or the PIN entered when generating the custom PIN bar code. 8. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Intermec SR61 Scanner Device as Initiator Configure SR61 Scanner To use this scanner with a Talkman device, you need to generate and scan configuration bar codes:
1. Install the following on your PC:
l EasySet (to generate configuration bar codes for the scanner), download from Software > Barcode Scanners > Printer Drivers > Intermec Windows driver using the link below This can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading EasySet. 4. After installing EasySet, start the program and select your scanner model. 5. Generate a restore factory settings bar code by selecting 2. Reset all parameters > Reset factory defaults . 6. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. 7. If using security:
a. Use EasySet to generate a security enabled bar code by selecting 3. Interface >
Bluetooth > Security > Enable. b. Scan the bar code. 197 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide c. Optional: generate and scan a bar code to set a custom pin by selecting 3. Interface
> Bluetooth > Security> Compose PIN:. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the Talkman device. 3. View the properties of the Talkman device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" or "BDA" and is found on a label on the scanner. 8. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 9. If using security, set Security Key to "0000" or the PIN entered when generating the custom PIN bar code. 10. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Scanner as Initiator Configure SR61 Scanner To use this scanner with a Talkman device, you need to generate and scan configuration bar codes:
1. Install the following on your PC:
l EasySet (to generate configuration bar codes for the scanner), download from Software > Barcode Scanners > Printer Drivers > Intermec Windows driver using the link below This can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading EasySet. 4. After installing EasySet, start the program and select your scanner model. 5. Generate a restore factory settings bar code by selecting 2. Reset all parameters > Reset factory defaults . 6. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. 7. If using security:
a. Use EasySet to generate a security enabled bar code by selecting 3. Interface >
Bluetooth > Security > Enable. b. Scan the bar code. c. Optional: generate and scan a bar code to set a custom pin by selecting 3. Interface
> Bluetooth > Security> Compose PIN:. 8. Generate a bar code containing the MAC address of the Talkman device you wish to connect with by selecting 3. Interface > Bluetooth > Bluetooth Quick Connect > Compose Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 198 BT : and enter the MAC address. 9. Scan the bar code, either from onscreen or print the bar code. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the Talkman device. 3. View the properties of the Talkman device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter "0000" or the PIN entered when generating the custom PIN bar code. 8. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Zebra RS5100 Scanner NOTE The process below connects the peripheral using the Default profile. To use the Master profile, set the following:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\NetworkD\RadioSettings]
TerminalRoleSRX=master TerminalRoleOther=master Scanner as Initiator Configure RS5100 Scanner 1. Download and install the following on your PC from the Zebra website:
l Zebra 123Scan:
https://www.zebra.com/us/en/products/software/scanning-systems/123scan.html l Zebra PC Tool:
https://www.zebra.com/us/en/support-downloads/software/utilities/pc-tool.html 2. Perform a clean boot for the scanner:
a. Remove the battery. b. Press and hold the Restore key. c. d. After approximately 5 seconds a chirp is heard and the scan LEDs flash green. This Insert the battery into the scanner while continuing to hold the Restore key. signals the RS5100 is set to the default factory configuration. 3. Connect the RS5100 scanner to the PC with 123Scan installed using the USB cable. 4. Start the 123Scan utility. a. Select Create new configuration file. b. Select My scanner is connected via USB cable. c. Select your scanner from the list. 199 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide d. Provide a name for the configuration file. e. Click on Modify Data. f. Select Append an enter key. g. Click Done and Load to scanner. 5. Scan the SSP Bluetooth Classic Bar Code. 6. Remove and reinstall the RS5100 battery. 7. The scanner reboots and is discoverable as a Bluetooth device. 8. Open the PC Tool application. 9. Click the Show Bluetooth Address barcode button. 10. Enter the Bluetooth address of the RS5100 scanner. 11. Click the Generate button. 12. Scan the bar code with the RS5100. Configure Task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 7. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 8. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. If security is enabled, enter the security key as "12345" or a custom PIN if set. Zebra RS6000 Scanner NOTE The process below connects the peripheral using the Default profile. To use the Master profile, set the following:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vocollect\NetworkD\RadioSettings]
TerminalRoleSRX=master TerminalRoleOther=master Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 200 Scanner as Initiator Configure RS6000 Scanner 1. Download and install the following on your PC from the Zebra website:
l Zebra 123Scan:
https://www.zebra.com/us/en/products/software/scanning-systems/123scan.html l Zebra PC Tool:
https://www.zebra.com/us/en/support-downloads/software/utilities/pc-tool.html 2. Perform a clean boot for the scanner:
a. Remove the battery. b. Press and hold the Restore key. c. d. After approximately 5 seconds a chirp is heard and the scan LEDs flash green. This Insert the battery into the scanner while continuing to hold the Restore key. signals the RS6000 is set to the default factory configuration. 3. Connect the RS6000 scanner to the PC with 123Scan installed using the USB cable. 4. Start the 123Scan utility. a. Select Create new configuration file. b. Select My scanner is connected via USB cable. c. Select your scanner from the list. d. Provide a name for the configuration file. e. Click on Modify Data. f. Select Append an enter key. g. Click Done and Load to scanner. 5. Scan the SSP Bluetooth Classic Bar Code. 6. Remove and reinstall the RS6000 battery. 7. The scanner reboots and is discoverable as a Bluetooth device. 8. Open the PC Tool application. 9. Click the Show Bluetooth Address barcode button. 10. Enter the Bluetooth address of the RS6000 scanner. 11. Click the Generate button. 12. Scan the bar code with the RS6000. Configure Task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Scanner". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection". 201 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 7. Set Security to "Enabled" or "Disabled" as desired. 8. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. If security is enabled, enter the security key as "12345" or a custom PIN if set. ProGlove MARK Basic Wearable Scanner The ProGlove MARK Basic scanner is a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) device. l VoiceCatalyst 4.3.1 or greater is required l VoiceConsole 5.4 (with ECS016) or greater is required. IMPORTANT ProGlove BLE scanners must be connected using a FriendlyName bar code. Also, the A700x is always the initiator. No other pairing method is possible with this scanner. Contact Technical Support for a FriendlyName bar code. Device as initiator Configure Task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For pairing type, select BLE Scanner. 6. Give the pairing a name. 7. Enter the FriendlyName which must match the bar code. 8. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 9. Scan the FriendlyName bar code with the scanner. 10. Scanner beeps when connected, ProGlove MARK 2 Wearable Scanner The ProGlove MARK 2 scanner is a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) device. l VoiceCatalyst 4.3.1 or greater is required l VoiceConsole 5.4 (with ECS016) or greater is required. IMPORTANT ProGlove BLE scanners must be connected using a FriendlyName bar code. Also, the A700x is always the initiator. No other pairing method is possible with this scanner. Contact Technical Support for a FriendlyName bar code. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 202 Device as initiator Configure Task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = bt_scan 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the device. 3. View the properties of the device and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For pairing type, select BLE Scanner. 6. Give the pairing a name. 7. Enter the FriendlyName which must match the bar code. 8. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 9. Scan the FriendlyName bar code with the scanner. 10. Scanner beeps when connected, Printers Honeywell RP2D Printer Configure RP2D Printer 1. Install the following on your PC:
l NETira CT_1.00.111.zip utility (to configure RP2 settings), download from Software
> Printers > Printer Support and Drivers > Printer Configuration Tools > Netira CT using the link below This item can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading these items. 4. After the items above are installed on the PC, power on the RP2D printer. 5. Attach the RP2D printer to the PC using the printer cable with a serial port on one end and a printer port on the other end. 6. Open the NETira CT program. 7. Check for Bluetooth MAC address. 8. Make other configuration changes as desired, for example enabling security and setting a security key. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config printerport = bt_print 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the A700x. 3. View the properties of the A700x and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 203 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Printer". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is found l From the RP2D display under Bluetooth settings l The MAC address may also be displayed on the device label. 8. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter the key entered when enabling authentication. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Honeywell RP4D Printers Configure RP4D Printer 1. Install the following on your PC:
l NETira CT_1.00.111.zip utility (to configure RP4 settings), download from Software
> Printers > Printer Support and Drivers > Printer Configuration Tools > Netira CT using the link below This item can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading these items. 4. After the items above are installed on the PC, power on the RP4D printer. 5. Attach the RP4D printer to the PC using the printer cable with a serial port on one end and a printer port on the other end. 6. Open the NETira CT program. 7. Check for Bluetooth MAC address. 8. Make other configuration changes as desired, for example enabling security and setting a security key. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config printerport = bt_print 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the A700x. 3. View the properties of the A700x and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Printer". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is found l From the RP4D display under Bluetooth settings l The MAC address may also be displayed on the device label. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 204 8. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter the key entered when enabling authentication for the PB22 or PB50 in PrintSet 4. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. NOTE If an incorrect media type is selected, the RP4D printer displays a media error (Media Button blinking red) after single print. This can be fixed by configuring correct printer properties for the correct media. Intermec PB22 Printer Configure PB22 Printer NOTE This section is only necessary if using security when connecting peripherals. Use this process to configure the PB22 to enable authentication. For more information on the process below, refer to the PB22/PB32 Users Guide available at honeywellaidc.com. 1. Install the following on your PC:
l PrintSet 4 utility (to configure printer settings), download from Software > Printers >
Printer Applications > PrintSet 4 using the link below l InterDriver_7.4.3_M-3 (to allow the PC to detect the printer when the printer is connected to the PC), download from Software > Printers > Printer Drivers >
Intermec Windows driver using the link below These items can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading these items. 4. After the items above are installed on the PC, power on the PB22 printer. 5. Attach the PB22 printer to the PC using the printer cable with a serial port on one end and a printer port on the other end. 6. Open the PrintSet 4 program. 7. Select File > Add Printer. The Add Printer Wizard starts. 8. In the Add Printer Wizard, select Connection Type as "Serial". 205 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 9. The wizard detects the connected PB22 printer and it is then shown under "My Printers" in PrintSet 4. 10. Double-click Bluetooth in the Properties tab. 11. In the Bluetooth Settings window, complete these items under Security:
l Require Security = "Enable"
l Passcode = (user selected 4-digit PIN) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 206 TIP You may wish to record the MAC address (shown as Device Address in this window) as the printer's MAC address is necessary to complete the paring process. 12. Select Apply to save and close the Bluetooth settings. 13. Select Apply under Printer Tasks. 14. The settings are applied to the PB22 printer and the printer reboots. If you want to confirm printer settings, delete the PB22 printer from PrintSet 4 then add it again to view the latest configuration. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config printerport = bt_print 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the A700x. 3. View the properties of the A700x and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Printer". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is found l From the PB22 display under Bluetooth settings l From PrintSet 4 (when the PB22 is attached to a PC) under Bluetooth Settings in the Device Address field. 8. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter the key entered when enabling authentication for the PB22 in PrintSet 4. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Intermec PB50 Printers Configure PB50 Printer NOTE This section is only necessary if using security when connecting peripherals. Use this process to configure the PB50 to enable authentication. For more information on the process below, refer to the PB50 and PB51 User Guide available at honeywellaidc.com. 1. Install the following on your PC:
l PrintSet 4 utility (to configure printer settings), download from Software > Printers >
Printer Applications > PrintSet 4 using the link below l InterDriver_7.4.3_M-3 (to allow the PC to detect the printer when the printer is connected to the PC), download from Software > Printers > Printer Drivers >
Intermec Windows driver using the link below These items can be downloaded from the Honeywell Technical Support Downloads portal:
207 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide https://hsmftp.honeywell.com. 2. You must have an account to download software. Create an account if you don't already 3. have one. If you have not previously installed the Honeywell Download Manager, you must download and install it before downloading these items. 4. After the items above are installed on the PC, power on the PB50 printer. 5. Attach the PB 50 printer to the PC using the printer cable with a serial port on one end and a printer port on the other end. 6. Open the PrintSet 4 program. 7. Select File > Add Printer. The Add Printer Wizard starts. 8. 9. The wizard detects the connected PB50 printer and it is then shown under "My Printers" in In the Add Printer Wizard, select Connection Type as "Serial". PrintSet 4. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 208 10. Double-click Bluetooth in the Properties tab. 11. In the Bluetooth Settings window, complete these items under Security:
l Require Security = "Enable"
l Passcode = (user selected 4-digit PIN) TIP You may wish to record the MAC address (shown as Device Address in this window) as the printer's MAC address is necessary to complete the paring process. 12. Select Apply to save and close the Bluetooth settings. 13. Select Apply under Printer Tasks. 14. The settings are applied to the PB50 printer and the printer reboots. If you want to confirm printer settings, delete the PB50 printer from PrintSet 4 then add it again to view the latest configuration. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config printerport = bt_print 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the A700x. 3. View the properties of the A700x and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Printer". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 209 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is found l From the PB50 display under Bluetooth settings l From PrintSet 4 (when the PB50 is attached to a PC) under Bluetooth Settings in the Device Address field. 8. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter the key entered when enabling authentication for the PB50 in PrintSet 4. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Zebra QL320 Plus Printer Configure QL320 Plus Printer 1. Download the Zebra Setup Utilities from this link:
https://www.zebra.com/us/en/support-downloads/printer-software/printer-setup-
utilities.html/
2. Configure the printer using the instructional resources at the above. Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config printerport = bt_print 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the A700x. 3. View the properties of the A700x and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Printer". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is found l From the QL320 display under Bluetooth settings 8. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter the key entered when enabling authentication for the PB22 or PB50 in PrintSet 4. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Zebra QL420 Plus Printer Configure QL320 Plus Printer 1. Download the Zebra Setup Utilities from this link:
https://www.zebra.com/us/en/support-downloads/printer-software/printer-setup-
utilities.html/
2. Configure the printer using the instructional resources at the above. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 210 Configure task and VoiceConsole 1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config printerport = bt_print 2. Turn on Bluetooth on the A700x. 3. View the properties of the A700x and ensure Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled". 4. Select Pair this device with a peripheral. 5. For Pairing type select "Bluetooth Printer". 6. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral". 7. In the Bluetooth Address field enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is found l From the QL320 display under Bluetooth settings 8. If using security:
a. For Security select "Enabled."
b. For Security Key enter the key entered when enabling authentication for the PB22 or PB50 in PrintSet 4. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Serial Peripherals Serial Scanners To use a serial scanner with the A720/A720x::
1. Set the following advanced parameter in Task config barcodeport = blue 2. Connect the serial scanner. Serial Printers To use a serial printer with the A720/A720x:
1. Set the following advanced parameters in Task config barcodebaud = 9600 Printerport = red 2. Connect the serial printer. Training Devices QTERM-G55 The QTERM-G55 training device can be used with the A720/A720x. Configuration is the same as with the A720. Refer to the online instructions for using the QTERM-G55. 211 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide NOTE The QTERM-G55 has reached end-of-life. Honeywell recommends the Dolphin CT60 for training with the A700/A700x. Honeywell Dolphin CT60 The Honeywell Dolphin CT60 is an Android-based hand-held computer that can be used as a training device. For CT60 configuration information refer to the product documentation online. To use the CT60 as a training device:
1. Configure the CT60 to connect to your network. 2. Open the Chrome browser on the CT60. 3. Enter the IP address of the Voice device in the browser address bar on the CT60. 4. Tap on the Train Words icon. The display can be used in either portrait or landscape mode. Additional Peripheral Connection Information Understanding Device Connections This section provides an overview of the device ports available on Honeywell voice devices. Device Ports Honeywell systems can accommodate wired devices as well as wireless devices using Bluetooth Wireless Technology. Bluetooth is integral with the Talkman A700/A700x Series. It supports scanning, printing, and wireless headset use simultaneously. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 212 Port Use for Peripherals with Honeywell Devices Connection Talkman Wired A720/A720x Bluetooth A720/A720x *
A710/A710x A730/A730x For Head-
set Yellow port For Scan-
ning Blue port For Print-
ing Red port
* Either wired scanning or printing but not both simultaneously
* Use of a Bluetooth port disables the corresponding physical port Talkman devices can interface not only with scanners and printers, but also any number of devices capable of supporting a serial port protocol, such as RFID readers, label printers, and serial device controls. Your Honeywell Representative can help you understand which specific versions of hardware and software products are best suited for operations with other devices. Vocollect Connector for Wired Scanners Honeywell systems are designed to accommodate interfaces at a specific connection point.The Talkman Breakaway Connector, or TCO, was carefully designed to meet several design constraints. l Dirt and debris can collect in recessed surfaces. The TCO has a flat external connection surface that prevents this problem. The connector end on the unit is sealed to protect the unit from dirt and dust. l For safety, the connectors break away if a force strong enough to pull the wearer off-
balance is exerted. l The connectors are keyed, so that only the correct TCO cable (i.e. headset, bar code or printer) may be inserted in any given TCO connection point. l The connector is extremely rugged. These features make the connectors suitable for the extremes of a production environment. They also decrease the need for service of the unit because of connector issues or failures. 213 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Connecting Peripherals to a Talkman Device 1. Attach the cable to the device as shown in the image below. 2. Make sure the peripheral is off. 3. Connect the cable to the peripheral. 4. Turn the peripheral on. Disconnecting Peripherals from a Talkman Device CAUTION Never pull on the cable or twist the connector to disconnect it from the device. Doing so will damage the cable and connector, and invalidate the headset's warranty. 1. Grasp the connector. 2. Press the connector's release lever. 3. Tilt the bottom of the connector off the device. 4. Lift the connector up and off the device. Scanner Connections for Wired Scanners Scanners typically require two connections, one for data and one for power. The data connection is typically a DB9. The only pins used by the system are pins 2 (receive), 3 (transmit) and 5
(signal ground). Power connections can be unique, and voltage ranges can vary. Most scanners powered by 5V DC include a modular cable that can be refitted to work with the system. Vocollect offers cables with the TCO on one end and an unterminated 5V DC connection on the other.This may easily be re-terminated and connected to a scanner. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 214 Vocollect offers cables with the TCO and RJ-11 connectors as well as those without any RJ-11 connectors. For those without RJ-11 connectors, customers can attach any RJ-11 connector they have wired to match their own scanners specific pin assignments.These cables are discussed in the Cable Options Available from Vocollect section. Data Encoding The Wired Interface Protocol section discussed the basic transmission specifications for data. It is important to note that the input/output system of the Talkman is structured to deal with character-oriented data.This will typically be ASCII code. This does not preclude the Talkman from dealing with more-complex character sets such as Unicode. The system can accommodate Unicode Transmission Format (UTF) in either 8-bit or 16-bit implementations. The system was not designed to deal with input and output devices that cannot provide or accept decoded data into an RS-232 stream that is character oriented. Printer Options The Talkman device hardware and robust software is flexible enough to accommodate a variety of printing needs.The combination of the Vocollect system and wearable printer communicating over a WLAN can be an ideal enhancement to workflows which require immediate printing. Stationary Printers As the name implies, these printers are at a fixed location and are typically shared among many users. Vocollect software, working in conjunction with the Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), sometimes called Radio Frequency LAN (RFLAN), can make a request to a server system and initiate printing. Vocollect VoiceLink software may moderate the printing or a Warehouse Management System (WMS) may be used to control this type of host based printing. Troubleshooting Stationary Printers Stationary printers may not print for several reasons. l Supplies may be low its important to have supplies of paper, labels, ribbons or toner readily available. l Power or data communications may be interrupted, procedures for checking power or cabling should be posted if this is a possible issue with the printer. l Server print queue may be stalled or the server may be down, it will be necessary to contact the party responsible for the printer (typically the Information Technology Department) to resolve the issue. Because printing may be an integral part of a workflow servicing many workers its important to have clearly posted troubleshooting/resolution procedure posted or a way to contact someone who can rapidly assist in resolving the printing issue. 215 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Wearable Printers It may be more convenient or necessary for individual workers to be able to print from their location for the purposes of affixing labels as part of their work operations. Wearable printers, such as the PB50 from Intermec, can be an ideal choice for this type of operation.These printers typically offer various interface modes including RS-232, WLAN or Bluetooth. Wireless Bluetooth printers are also available.These are discussed later in this document. Troubleshooting Wearable Printers The following issues can occur with wearable printers. l Battery wear just like all mobile devices printer batteries are subject to wear. If a mobile printer does not function, a good first step is to assure that its battery is in charged. l Cord deterioration - repeated bending, pulling and stretching of the cord via normal wear and tear can cause it to fail. If a wired wearable printer is not printing, testing it with a cord that is known to be good may resolve the issue. l Paper or ribbon issues its important to have supplies on-hand so that workers can quickly have them replenished. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 216 Understanding Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless communication protocol that permits a small personal area network or pico-net (small network) to be created among devices. Because it eliminates tethering the devices together with a cord it can be very valuable as a connection technology, saving workers time untangling cords, decreasing maintenance costs associated with cord replacement, and increasing overall workplace safety. Bluetooth for scanning, printing and display on the A700/A700x devices uses the serial port protocol. The Talkman Bluetooth devices identify themselves by a unique 12 hexadecimal digit address, typically specified in pairs of numbers separated by a colon (i.e. 08:00:2B:CF:3D:13). In order to initiate a connection to a device this Media Access Control (MAC) address must be specified. Bluetooth Range Bluetooth is implemented in two ranges or classes, Class 1 (approximately 100 meters or 300 feet) and Class 2 (approximately 10 meters or 30 feet). Because Bluetooth operates within the same frequency band, it can interfere with 802.11b/g wireless network traffic. Honeywell strongly recommends exclusive use of Class 2 Bluetooth devices whenever possible. CAUTION Honeywell strongly cautions against the use of Class 1 Bluetooth devices because of their potential to interfere with wireless network traffic over a very long range. Bluetooth Device Roles A Bluetooth device can function either as an acceptor of an incoming connection from a corresponding initiator or as an initiator of an outgoing connection to a corresponding acceptor. Bluetooth Security Bluetooth devices support a security ID which typically may be enabled or disabled as an option. This is useful mostly for devices that are deployed in a general population. Because of the limited range of Bluetooth Class 2 devices, and the restriction of its use with a specific Vocollect device application, it is unlikely that using or implementing this feature would provide value in typical environments using the A700/A700x devices. 217 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Bluetooth Scanner Considerations Honeywell recommends selecting Bluetooth scanners that:
l Are class 2 devices, to limit any potential wireless network interference. l Support the Bluetooth Serial Port Protocol (SPP) for data transmission. l Do not require security options. l May be programmed easily via bar codes. Workers scan the bar codes in order to set up scanners or reconfigure them to re-pair with different devices. This is much easier than finding a supervisor when it is needed to edit a static configuration in VoiceConsole. In applications using several scanners, Honeywell recommends associating (pairing) the reader with its base unit during idle periods, or turning it off. Typically, pairing with the charging base is done by scanning the bar-code at the readers charging base or a code break (unpair) the connection. Unconnected Bluetooth devices that are still logically paired will often page to try to re-pair. This can create significant increases in Bluetooth activity and possibly impact wireless network performance. Ensuring that unused active devices are always paired reduces this possibility Bluetooth Printer Considerations Bluetooth printers typically will function as acceptors.Unlike scanners which allow input via bar codes, printer configuration is frequently done with special management software with only limited controls available to the worker. When planning to implement Bluetooth printers, consider permanently associating or pairing each printer with a specific device to avoid the need for management intervention to reassign printer pairing with devices. Basic Bluetooth Roles and Concepts Pairing: Pairing is the process in which two devices enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology create a secure link in order to share information. Each of the two devices is configured in a different pairing mode. These modes are:
l Acceptor the device configured as an acceptor will accept a connection from the other device.It will not attempt to actively connect to any other device. It may require some security information from the initiator device before accepting the connection. l Initiator the device will actively search for (page) and connect to the other device (which must be discoverable and configured as an acceptor).If security settings have been configured on the initiator device, it may need to present these settings to the acceptor to complete the connection. The pairing process begins when the initiator device broadcasts an inquiry to search for discoverable Bluetooth addresses of acceptor devices. MAC address: Bluetooth devices such as scanners are identified by a unique 12 hexadecimal
(base 16) address (i.e. composed of the numbers 0-9 and letters A-F, typically expressed in pairs Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 218 separated by - or : such as 08-00-2B-1F-3D-47 or 00:00:2F:E0:BC:7C).This address is sometimes called the Bluetooth MAC address, or simply the MAC (Media Access Control) address. Talkman terminals have this address as a bar code on the label printed with BT for Bluetooth. Similarly most scanners will also have their Bluetooth address printed and/or expressed in bar code on the device. Bluetooth with Talkman A700/A700x Solution VoiceConsole software is used to enable or disable the integral Bluetooth functionality on A700/A700x devices.Options may be changed in VoiceConsole or in the Talkman device profile.Whenever possible Honeywell recommends using options placed in the device profile. The general checklist for enabling and using Bluetooth for the A700/A700x devices for scanning and printing includes:
VoiceConsole Setting Device Profile Setting Ensure the Enable Bluetooth box is checked Bluetooth_IsEnabled=<true or false>
Enable the specific port function (scanning or printing) BarcodeBt_IsInitiator=<true or false> (for scanner) Set the specific port as an acceptor or initiator PrinterBt_IsInitiator=<true or false> (for printer) Set the security PIN if needed BarcodeBt_SecurityPIN=<character string>
(for scanner) PrinterBt_SecurityPIN=<character string>
(for printer) BarcodeBt_Address=<MAC address> (for scanner) For initiator mode, specify the MAC address of the Bluetooth device to be used PrinterBt_Address=<MAC address> (for printer) Enter the MAC address without separator characters, i.e. 08002B1C3DA5 Ensure that the scanning (Barcode Port) or printing port (Printer Port) is specified as BT_SCAN or BT_PRINT as appropriate in the .vcf file settings. Alternatively, Bluetooth can be enabled by adding configurable parameters to the advanced settings of the device profile. It is not recommended that the parameters be placed in the task package. 219 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide It is important to remember that the use of a Bluetooth function (scanning, printing or headset) disables the physical port on the A700/A700x device for that use. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. Configuring Bluetooth Capabilities with VoiceConsole You can enable Bluetooth on Talkman A700/A700x devices using VoiceConsole. Once enabled, the Talkman can be paired with a Bluetooth peripheral. The pairing can be initiated by either the device or the peripheral. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. Pairing Initiated by a Talkman Device This method of pairing is useful if a single Talkman device will always be associated with one scanner. If the communication link is disrupted and the scanner disconnects from the Talkman device, the device typically recovers the connection automatically. Additionally, the consistent pairing makes troubleshooting easier. This method, however, may restrict use to ways that are not convenient. One disadvantage is that the scanner must be swapped out using VoiceConsole if there is a problem. To enable a Talkman device to initiate a connection with a Bluetooth device you will need:
l The Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth device as well as the security code (if security on the device is enabled) for the device. l Access to VoiceConsole to set up the pairing. For production use, Honeywell recommends that you create a specific device profile in VoiceConsole to store many of the following settings. l Pairing instructions specific to your scanner. For this one-to-one pairing, consider labeling both devices so that the correct pairs are consistently used. 1. Using VoiceConsole, locate the specific Talkman device to be paired with the scanner. 2. View the properties of the device, and ensure that Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled."
A device profile can include the parameter Bluetooth_IsEnabled set to TRUE in the advanced settings. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. 3. Select the Pair this device with a peripheral option. 4. For Pairing Type select "Bluetooth Scanner."
The parameter BarcodePort can be set to BT_SCAN for scanners or BT_PRINT for printers. Configure this parameter in the advanced settings of the task package. 5. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral."
6. In the Bluetooth Adress enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" and is found on the device label. 7. For Security select "Enabled" if a security key is required. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 220 8. For the Security Key enter four zeros (0000). Skip this step if a security key is not required. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Note that you can also import a list of connected devices and set up those connections in VoiceConsole. This bulk pair option may be useful in some situations. Pairing Initiated by a Bluetooth Device This method of pairing is useful if a scanner or printer will be used with more than one Talkman A700/A700x device. It is usually more advantageous to allow a device to actively pair with the Talkman as opposed to having Talkman initiate the pairing, permitting any Talkman to be used with any device. This pairing can be easily done with most scanners; however printers may not have the capability to initiate the pairing process. To enable a Talkman device to listen for a connection with a Bluetooth device you will need:
l Access to VoiceConsole to set up the pairing. For production use, Honeywell recommends that you create a specific device profile in VoiceConsole to store many of the following settings. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. l Pairing instructions specific to your scanner. 1. Generate a bar code for pairing. See Barcode Identifier Label for Pairing Scanners for more information. If the scanner can be paired with a single bar code, that sequence can be printed as a label and placed on the Talkman device. Workers who need to pair the scanner can then simply pick up the Talkman and scan this code. 2. Using VoiceConsole, locate the specific device to be paired with the scanner. 3. View the properties of the device, and ensure that Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled."
A device profile can include the parameter Bluetooth_IsEnabled set to TRUE in the advanced settings. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. 4. Select the Pair this device with a peripheral option. 5. For Pairing Type select "Bluetooth Scanner."
The parameter BarcodePort can be set to BT_SCAN for scanners or BT_PRINT for printers. Configure this parameter in the advanced settings of the task package. 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection."
7. For Security select "Enabled" if security is required. 8. For Security Key enter four zeros "0000." Skip this step if a security key is not required. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 10. To complete the pairing, scan the bar code created for the device in the first step. 11. When finished using the Talkman and scanner, unpair the Talkman to set the scanner to acceptor mode. Performing this step ensures that the scanner does not generate spurious Bluetooth RF that could interfere with other transmissions. When an initiator device becomes unpaired, such as when the Talkman device is turned off, the initiator will try to re-pair by paging or 221 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide sending repeated bursts of Bluetooth radio traffic through the air.Either pairing the scanner with its base station or setting the scanner to an acceptor mode will stop this behavior. Barcode Identifier Label for Pairing Scanners If you want a scanner to initiate pairing with a Talkman device, you must generate the barcode specific to that scanner. You can find several commercial software packages as well as freeware on the Internet that can be used to create barcodes. Generally, the barcode created to pair a scanner with a Talkman device is composed of a control sequence that is unique to each scanner type and brand. Some scanners require a control sequence followed by the MAC address of the destination, both of which can be represented as a single barcode. Other scanners require separate scans of a control sequence and destination MAC address. In all cases, however, it will be necessary to know the destination MAC address of the Talkman device in order to create a barcode that can be printed and read for pairing to that Talkman. NOTE While the MAC addresses of devices appear as a bar code labels on these devices, scanning those bar codes will not initiate pairing because they do not contain control sequences. Many scanners use a code referred to as FNC3 to initiate a programming sequence. FNC3 can be entered using the numeric keypad (not regular keys) while holding down the ALT key and entering 0179. The numeric keypad must be used to enter this combination; it will not work using the regular number keys. It is important to read and understand the unique configurations that each scanner may require to successfully pair it with Talkman devices. There may also be specific scanner behaviors that must be changed to meet operational needs (such as power-off timeouts, disconnection timeouts, etc.) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 222 DEVICE SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX A A710x Specifications Specification Details Operating System Linux Kernel CPU Memory Weight Length Width QUALOCOM Quad Core A53 at 1.2GHz 8 GB non-volatile, 1 GB volatile 5.6 oz (158.76 g) With standard battery: 8.4 oz (238.14 g) With high-capacity battery: 10.2 oz (289.17 g) 5.4" (13.7 cm) 2.5" (6.35 cm) With high-capacity battery: 3.046" (7.74 cm) 223 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Details Depth 1.7" (4.32 cm) I/O Ports USB maintenance port with audio out and virtual serial support Operating Temperature
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested Meets MIL-STD-810F method 514.6 In addition, the device has been tested to the following specifications:
l 24 drops at 5 feet (1.5m) to steel l 12 drops at 6 feet (1.8m) to steel Humidity 100% condensing Enclosure Rating IP67 NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. A720x Specifications Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 224 Specification Details Operating System Linux Kernel CPU Memory Weight QUALOCOM Quad Core A53 at 1.2GHz 8 GB non-volatile, 1 GB volatile 5.8 oz (166.81 g) With standard battery: 8.7 oz (247.09 g) With high-capacity battery: 10.5 oz (298.61 g) Length 5.3" (13.56 cm) Width Depth I/O Ports Operating Temperature 2.5" (6.35 cm) With high-capacity battery: 3.046" (7.74 cm) 1.7" (4.32 cm) l USB maintenance port with audio out and virtual serial support l Headset port (yellow) l RS232 serial TCO connector (red/blue)
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested Meets MIL-STD-810F method 514.6 In addition, the device has been tested to the following specifications:
l 24 drops at 5 feet (1.5m) to steel l 12 drops at 6 feet (1.8m) to steel Humidity 100% condensing Enclosure Rating IP67 NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. 225 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A730x Specifications Specification Details Operating System Linux Kernel CPU Memory Width Depth I/O Ports QUALOCOM Quad Core A53 at 1.2GHz 8 GB non-volatile, 1 GB volatile 2.5" (6.35 cm) With high-capacity battery: 3.046" (7.74 cm) 1.7" (4.32 cm) USB maintenance port with audio out and virtual serial support Operating Temperature
-8 F to 122 F (-20 C to 50 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested Meets MIL-STD-810F method 514.6 In addition, the device has been tested to the following specifications:
l 24 drops at 5 feet (1.5m) to steel l 12 drops at 6 feet (1.8m) to steel Humidity 100% condensing Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 226 Specification Enclosure Rating Wavelength Beam divergence Details IP67 650 nm Vertical Field Angle +/- 33.0 degrees Horizontal Field Angle +/- 42.4 degrees Pulse pattern (pulse duration, repetition rate) 16.8 mSec Maximum power or energy output 1 mW Location of laser apertures Imager window on front of device List of controls, adjustments of procedures for operation and maintenance l Manual Trigger that activates the scanner. l Software can also be used to activate the scanner
/laser. Warning statements See the Compliance Section for the Laser compliance and the lmager Compliance and Precaution information. NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. 227 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A710 Specifications Specification Details Operating System Microsoft Windows CE 7 Weight 5.6 oz (158.76 g) With standard battery: 8.4 oz (238.14 g) With high-capacity battery: 10.2 oz (289.17 g) Length 5.4" (13.7 cm) Width Depth 2.5" (6.35 cm) With high-capacity battery: 3.046" (7.74 cm) 1.7" (4.32 cm) I/O Ports USB maintenance port with audio out and virtual serial support Operating Temperature
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 228 Specification Details Drop Tested Meets MIL-STD-810F method 514.6 In addition, the device has been tested to the following specifications:
l 24 drops at 5 feet (1.5m) to steel l 12 drops at 6 feet (1.8m) to steel Humidity 100% condensing Enclosure Rating IP67 NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. A720 Specifications Specification Details Operating System Microsoft Windows CE 7 229 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Details Weight 5.8 oz (166.81 g) With standard battery: 8.7 oz (247.09 g) With high-capacity battery: 10.5 oz (298.61 g) Length 5.3" (13.56 cm) Width Depth I/O Ports Operating Temperature 2.5" (6.35 cm) With high-capacity battery: 3.046" (7.74 cm) 1.7" (4.32 cm) l USB maintenance port with audio out and virtual serial support l Headset port (yellow) l RS232 serial TCO connector (red/blue)
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested Meets MIL-STD-810F method 514.6 In addition, the device has been tested to the following specifications:
l 24 drops at 5 feet (1.5m) to steel l 12 drops at 6 feet (1.8m) to steel Humidity 100% condensing Enclosure Rating IP67 NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 230 A730 Specifications Specification Details Operating System Microsoft Windows CE 7 Weight Length Width Depth 6.65 oz (188.39 g) With standard battery: 9.5 oz (268.67 g) With high-capacity battery: 11.3 oz (320.2 g) 5.9" (14.99 cm) 2.5" (6.35 cm) With high-capacity battery: 3.046" (7.74 cm) 1.7" (4.32 cm) I/O Ports Maintenance port with audio out Operating Temperature
-8 F to 122 F (-20 C to 50 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) 231 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Details Drop Tested Meets MIL-STD-810F method 514.6 In addition, the device has been tested to the following specifications:
l 24 drops at 5 feet (1.5m) to steel l 12 drops at 6 feet (1.8m) to steel Humidity 100% condensing Enclosure Rating Wavelength Beam divergence Pulse pattern
(pulse duration, repetition rate) IP67 650 nm Vertical Field Angle +/- 33 Horizontal Field Angle +/- 42.4 16.8 mSec Maximum power or energy output 1 mW Location of laser apertures Imager window on front of device List of controls, adjustments of procedures for operation and maintenance l Manual Trigger that activates the scanner. l Software can also be used to activate the scanner /laser. Warning statements See the Compliance Section for the Laser compliance and the lmager Compliance and Precaution information. NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. A700x Product Battery Specifications The A700x series can use a standard or high-capacity battery. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 232 Although the batteries may differ in color, the A700 and A700x batteries are interchangeable. Battery Type Weight Standard Battery Weight 2.8 oz (79.38 g) High-Capacity Battery Weight 4.6 oz (130.41 g) Electrical Specifications l Cells: The high capacity battery pack uses two lithium ion cells. l Nominal voltage = 3.7V l Capacity = 4400mAhr or greater l Protection circuit characteristics: The pack contains a protection circuit that prevents over and under voltage conditions on the cells and protects the pack from damage as a result of a short circuit between the positive and negative terminals of the battery. l The battery pack contains custom electronics that provide performance, temperature, and pack identification to the device. This information is made available to voice management software. l Battery Charging: The battery pack must be charged only in a Honeywell designated charger. Mechanical and Environmental Specifications l Drop-test specifications o The high capacity battery meets the MIL STD 810F specification for shock and transient drop criteria. l Environmental specifications: The battery pack halves are sonically welded together to protect the internals from water and dust. The battery functions properly in the following conditions:
o Operation Temperature: -30 C to 50 C (-22 F to 122 F) o Storage Temperature: -30 C to 60 C (-22 F to 140 F) o Humidity: 95% condensing o Rain/dust: IP67 Battery Notifications Battery warnings for a Talkman battery occur at the following levels:
l First warning = 30 minutes remaining until empty l Critical warning = 0 minutes remaining until empty 233 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A700 6-Bay Device Charger Specifications NOTE The A700 device charger holds the A700x or A700 device and charges standard or high capacity batteries installed in the device. Although the batteries may differ in color, the A700 and A700x batteries are interchangeable. Specification Details Length Depth Height Power Cord 21.8" ( 55.5 cm) 7.48" (19 cm) 6.14" (15.6 cm) Input Voltage: 100-240 Vac Input Current: 2.0 A maximum Line Frequency: 50-60 Hz Uses standard IEC 60320 plug Operating Temperature 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C)*
Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Charging Temperature 41 F to 95 F (5 C to 35 C)*
Humidity Functional to 5% to 95% non-condensing
*The battery charger's components will operate in ambient temperatures between 32 F and 104 F (0 C and 40 C) with no adverse effects. Functional battery charging is restricted to ambient temperatures between 41 F and 95 F (5 Cand 35 C), to limit the internal temperature of the batteries and improve charging performance. NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 234 A700 12-Bay Battery Charger Specifications NOTE The A700 battery charger charges standard or high capacity batteries for the A700 and the A700x. Although the batteries may differ in color, the A700 and A700x batteries are interchangeable. Specification Details Length Depth Height Power Cord 22.1" (56.1 cm) 5.83" (14.8 cm) 6.14" (15.6 cm) Input Voltage: 100-240 Vac Input Current: 2.0 A maximum Line Frequency: 50-60 Hz Uses standard IEC 60320 plug Operating Temperature 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) Storage Temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Charging Temperature 41 F to 95 F (5 C to 35 C)*
Humidity Functional to 5% to 90% non-condensing
* The battery charger's components will operate in ambient temperatures between 32 F and 104 F (0 C and 40 C) with no adverse effects. Functional battery charging is restricted to ambient temperatures between 41 F and 95 F (5 Cand 35 C), to limit the internal temperature of the batteries and improve charging performance. NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. 235 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide SRX2/SRX3 Specifications SRX3 Wireless Headset Specifications Specification Detail Weight Operating temperature 1.95 oz (55.4 g) electronic module only 3.00 oz (85.0 g) electronic module and battery 3.89 oz (110.4 g) Standard headband only
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Drop Tested l 24 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 12 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP54 with battery inserted Humidity 5-95% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 236 SRX3 Hard-Hat Headset Specifications Specification Detail Weight Operating temperature 2.94 oz (70 g) Hardhat headband only 0.37 oz (10.6 g) Slotted hardhat mount clip 1.01 oz (28.5 g) Non-slotted hardhat mount clip
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C ) Storage temperature
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) 237 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Detail Drop Tested Excludes clips and attachment l 12 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 24 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP54 Humidity 5-95% condensing Noise Reduction Rating 10.5 dB NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. SRX3 High Noise Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 5.08 oz (144 g) High noise headband only Operating temperature Storage temperature
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C )
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 238 Specification Details Drop Tested l 12 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 24 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at varying angles and at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP54 Humidity 5-95% condensing Noise Reduction Rating 10.5 dB NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. SRX2 Wireless Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 6.84 oz (194 g) with stability strap 6.46 0z (183 g) without strap 239 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Details Operating temperature Storage temperature Drop Tested
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C)
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) l 24 drops from 6 feet (1.83 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 12 drops from 7 feet (2.13 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP54 with battery inserted Humidity 5-95% condensing Noise Reduction Rating Not applicable NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 240 SRX2 Hard-Hat Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 2.47 oz (70 g) Operating temperature Storage temperature Drop Tested
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C )
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) Excludes clips and attachment l 12 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 24 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at varying angles and at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP54 Humidity 5-95% condensing 241 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Specification Details Noise Reduction Rating 10.5 dB NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. SRX2 High Noise Headset Specifications Specification Details Weight 3.74 oz (106 g) Operating temperature Storage temperature Drop Tested
-22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C )
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) l 12 drops from 7 feet (2.1 m) at minimum and maximum operating temperatures l 24 drops from 6 feet (1.8 m) at varying angles and at minimum and maximum operating temperatures Enclosure rating Meets IP54 Humidity 5-95% condensing Noise Reduction Rating 10.5 dB Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 242 NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. SRX2/SRX3 Battery Specifications NOTE The SRX2 and SRX3 headsets use the same battery. Electrical Specifications l Cells: The battery pack uses a single lithium ion cell. l Nominal voltage = 3.6V l Watt hours = 2.7 WHr l Protection circuit characteristics: The pack contains a protection circuit that prevents over and under voltage conditions on the cell and protects the pack from damage as a result of a short circuit between the positive and negative terminals of the battery. l The battery pack contains custom electronic that provide performance, temperature, and pack identification to the device. This information is made available to voice management software. l Battery Charging: The battery pack must be charged only in a Honeywell designated charger. Mechanical and Environmental Specifications l Drop-test specifications: The battery meets the transient drop criteria. o 24 drops at 6 feet (182.88 cm) o 12 drops at 7 feet (213.36 cm) 243 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l Environmental specifications: The battery functions properly in the following conditions:
o Temperature: -22 F to 122 F (-30 C to 50 C) o Humidity: 95% non-condensing o Rain/dust: IP54 Battery Notifications The battery triggers two warnings based on remaining runtime:
Battery Condition Audio Warning When battery voltage is low
"Headset battery is getting low."
When battery voltage is critically low and about to turn off Headset battery is getting low. Change headset battery now. SRX2/SRX3 Headset Battery Charger Specifications 20-Bay Charger 6-Bay Charger Weight Width Depth 8 lbs (3.63 kg) with 20 batteries 6.38 lbs. (2.89 kg.) without batteries 2.5 lbs. (1.14 kg) with 6 batteries 2.1 lbs. (0.96 kg.) without batteries Approximately 55 cm (21.65 in.) Approximately 26.67 cm (10.5 in.) Approximately 15.8 cm (6.22 in.) Approximately 11.43 cm (4.5 in.) Height Approximately 15.7 cm (6.18 in.) Approximately 12.06 cm (4.75 in.) Input Output Power supply input voltage: 90VAC to 264VAC, 50/60Hz Power supply input voltage: 100VAC to 240VAC, 50/60Hz Power supply input current: 2A max Power supply input current: 2A max Power supply output voltage: 12V Power supply output voltage: 5V Power supply output power: 80W max Power supply output power: 20W max Less than 40W required to charge 20 batteries from fully depleted to fully charged. Less than 10W required to charge 6 batteries from fully depleted to fully charged. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 244 20-Bay Charger 6-Bay Charger Cord Uses standard IEC 60320 plug Uses wall adapter with switchable plugs provided in kit Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C) 32 F to 104 F (0 C to 40 C)
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C)
-40 F to 158 F (-40 C to 70 C) 5% - 95% relative humidity, non-
condensing 5% - 95% relative humidity, non-
condensing NOTE Packaging varies for product shipments. Generally, packing materials are about 15% of the total shipment weight. CAUTION The 5V power supply for the 6-bay unit is a small wall-mounted supply at the end of the cord. The Plug Socket of the power supply is considered the Disconnect Device to the A.C. Mains. The socket-outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily accessible. 245 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 246 PART NUMBERS APPENDIX B Part Numbers: Vocollect Talkman Devices Device Talkman A710x (for Bluetooth Headsets and Peripherals) Talkman A720x (with two Talkman Connectors) Talkman A730x (with Integrated Scanner) Talkman A710 (for Bluetooth Headsets and Peripherals) Talkman A720 (with two Talkman Connectors) Talkman A730 (with Integrated Scanner) Part Numbers: Talkman Accessories Accessory A700x, A700 Device Belt Honeywell Part Number TT-1010 TT-1011 TT-1020 TT-1021 TT-1030 TT-1031 TT-910 TT-920 TT-930 Honeywell Part Number BL-801-X A700 Device Standard Holster (for A710x, A710, A720x, A720) BL-901 A700 Device Scanner Holster (for A730x, A730) BL-902 247 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Accessory Honeywell Part Number A700x, A700 High Capacity Battery BT-902-3 replaces prior batteries and can be used in either A700x or A700. BT-902-3 A700x, A700 High Capacity Battery, Box of 24 BT-902-3-100B A700x, A700 Standard Battery BT-901-3 replaces prior batteries and can be used in either A700x or A700. BT-901-3 A700x, A700 Standard Battery, Box of 24 BT-901-3-100B A700 Maintenance Cable, USB micro-B to Type A A700 Unpowered Vehicle Dock Vehicle Mount, Holder/Base Screw On Attachment, Talkman A700/A700x Series Vehicle Mount, Arm, Talkman A700/A700x Series Vehicle Mount, Clamp, Talkman A700/A700x Series Vehicle Mount, Clamp, RAM Tough-Claw, Talkman A700/A700x Series RS-900-1 BL-903 BL-710-101 BL-710-102 BL-710-103 BL-710-104 Part Numbers: Wireless Headsets Part Part Number SRX3 Headset 1 Complete Headset, 1 Battery (1 headband, all pads and strap, 1 electronic module, 1 battery, 1 mic cap) HD-1500-1 SRX2 Headset 1 Complete Headset, 1 Battery (1 headband, all pads and strap, 1 electronic module, 1 battery, 1 mic cap) HD-1000-1 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 248 Part SRX2 Hard Hat Headset SRX2 High Noise Headset SRX-SL Complete Headset Part Number See Part Numbers:
Wireless Headset Accessories See Part Numbers:
Wireless Headset Accessories HS-1100-1 Part Numbers: Wireless Headset Accessories Part (SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset) SRX3 Electronic Module SRX2 Electronic Module SRX3 Headband with Stability Strap (not assembled) SRX2 Headband with Stability Strap (not assembled) SRX3 Microphone Caps (Bag of 20) SRX2 Microphone Caps (Bag of 20) SRX2 Ear Pads (Bag of 20) SRX3 Comfort Pads (Bag of 20) SRX2 Comfort Pads (Bag of 20) SRX2 T-Bar Pads (Bag of 20) SRX2 T-Bar Pads #2 (Bag of 20) SRX2 Stability Straps (Bag of 20) SRX2 Hard Hat Headset Clip, Slotted Mount Part Number HD-1500-101 HD-1000-101 HD-1500-102 HD-1000-102 HD-1500-104B HD-1000-104B HD-1000-105B HD-1500-106B HD-1000-106B HD-1000-107B HD-1000-140B HD-1000-108B HD-1000-110 249 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Part (SRX2/SRX3 Wireless Headset) Part Number SRX2 Hard Hat Headset Clip, Non-slotted/Brim Mount HD-1000-111 SRX3 Hard Hat Headset High Noise Earcup (Requires hard hat clip, fork attachment, electronic module, and battery) HD-1500-112 SRX2 Hard Hat Headset High Noise Earcup (Requires hard hat clip, fork attachment, electronic module, and battery) HD-1000-112 SRX3 High Noise Headset High Noise Headband with Earcup
(Requires electronic module and battery) SRX2 High Noise Headset High Noise Headband with Earcup
(Requires electronic module and battery) HD-1500-113 HD-1000-113 SRX3 High Noise/Hard Hat Headset Mounting Disks (Bag of 10) HD-1500-114B SRX2 High Noise/Hard Hat Headset Mounting Disks (Bag of 10) HD-1000-114B SRX2 Hard Hat Headset Clip, Fork Attachment to Cup HD-1000-115 SRX2 Headset Foam Earpads #2 with Mounting Disks (20 Earpads Assembled With Mounting Disks) HD-1000-125B SRX2 Headset Foam Earpads #3 with Mounting Disks (20 Earpads Assembled With Mounting Disks) SRX2 Battery SRX2 Battery (box of 20) SRX2 20-Bay Charger SRX2 Micro USB Cable HD-1000-126B BT-1000-1 BT-1000-1-101 CM-1000-20 CM-1000-101 Part (SRX-SL Wireless Headset) Part Number SRX-SL Electronic Module SRX-SL Over the head headband SRX-SL Earpads,(bag of 20) HD-1001-101 HS-1100-102 HS-1100-105B Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 250 Part (SRX-SL Wireless Headset) Part Number SRX-SL T-Bar pads (bag of 20) HS-1100-107B Part Numbers: Wired Headsets Part SR-15 behind the head headset, straight cord SR-20 lightweight headset , straight cord SR-20 lightweight headset , coiled cord SR-30 high-noise headset, single cup, straight cord SR-30 high-noise headset, single cup, coiled cord Part Number HD-708-1 HD-700-1 HD-700-2 HD-702-1 HD-702-2 SR-35 high-noise hard hat headset, single cup, straight cord HD-704-1 SR-35 high-noise hard hat headset, single cup, coiled cord HD-704-2 SR-40 high-noise headset, dual cup, straight cord HD-705-1 SL-14 Light industrial headset, behind the head, straight cord right ear HS-708-14-R SL-14 Light industrial headset, behind the head, straight cord left ear HS-708-14-L Part Numbers: Wired Headset Accessories Part Windscreen, SL-14 (Bag of 50) Cord Clips, SL-14 (Bag of 20) Part Number HS-708-102b HS-708-103b 251 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Part Part Number Maintenance Kit, SR-20 (25 foam earpads, 30 headband pads, 10 earpad mounting disks) HD-700-101 Windscreen SR-15, SR-20, SR-30, SR-35, SR-40 (Bag of 25) HD-700-102b Cord Clips SR-15, SR-20, SR-30, SR-35, SR-40 (Bundle of 10) HD-700-103b Leatherette Earpad SR-20 (Bag of 20) HD-700-104b Foam Earpads SR-20 (bag of 50 earpads, 25 mounting discs) HD-700-105b T-Bar Pads SR-20, SR-30 (Bag of 25) Foam Earpads SR-20 (Bag of 25) Mounting Disks SR-20 (Bag of 10) Headband Pads SR-20 (Bag of 30) Foam Earpads #2 (55mm) Assembled with Mounting disks SR-20
(Bag of 50) Foam Earpads#3 (67mm) Assembled with Mounting Disks SR-20
(bag of 50) T-Bar Pads #2 SR-20 (Bag of 25) Leatherette Earpads SR-20 (Bag of 50 leatherette earpads, 5 mounting disks) Maintenance Kit, SR-30, SR-35, SR-40 (15 foam earpads, 30 headband pads, 5 earpad mounting disks) HD-700-106b HD-700-107b HD-700-108b HD-700-109b HD-700-125b HD-700-126b HD-700-140b HD-701-105b HD-702-101 Leatherette Earpad (Smooth) SR-30, SR-35, SR-40 (Bag of 10) HD-702-102b Leatherette Earpad (Textured) SR-30, SR-35, SR-40 (Bag of 10) HD-702-103b Mounting Disks SR-30, SR-35, SR-40 (Bag of 5) Hard Hat Headset Clip SR-35 Foam Earpads SR-15 (Bag of 25) HD-702-108b HD-704-101 HD-708-107b Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 252 Part Adjustment Strap SR-15 (Bag of 10) Part Numbers: Chargers Part Number HD-708-110b Charger - Device Vocollect Part Number A700/A700x 6-Bay Device Charger and Power Supply CM-901 A700/A700x12-Bay Battery Charger and Power Supply CM-902 A700/A700xCharger Power Supply A700/A700xCharger Mounting Rail CM-901-101 CM-1000-20-101 Charger - Headset Honeywell Part Number SRX2/SRX3 20-Bay Battery Charger CM-1000-20, HCG1000-01, HCG1000-
02 SRX2/SRX3 6-Bay Battery Charger CM-1000-06, HCG1000-06 SRX-SL 6-Bay Headset Charger CM-1100-06 Charger - Common Parts Honeywell Part Number Charger DIN Rail, 550 mm length CM-1000-20-101 253 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 254 CARE AND USE APPENDIX C Cleaning Procedures for Honeywell Equipment Honeywell Solutions products have a long service life if they are maintained properly. Follow recommended cleaning practices. While Honeywell equipment is manufactured and tested to be resistant to normal dirt and deposits from the workplace environment, the build-up of residue can damage the equipment and degrade performance over time. l Dirt or corrosion can prevent the proper seating of terminals in chargers and may cause intermittent charging. l Talkman Connector (TCO) contacts that build up dirt, chemicals, and corrosion may cause intermittent contact, static, and recognition problems. l Excessive dirt on a keypad membrane can cause the membrane to weaken and tear. CAUTION Use only a solution of 70% isopropyl alcohol and water to clean equipment. Other products have not been tested and may degrade the equipment. Cleaning Plastics Cleaning Hard Plastics Clean the hard plastics on headsets, devices, chargers, and batteries with a soft cloth that is wet with a solution of 70% isopropyl alcohol and 30% water. Use a soft brush to keep the pocket areas of chargers free of dust and debris that may interfere with the seating of equipment or electrical contact. Cleaning Foam and Pliable Plastics Clean headset foam parts (ear pads and headband pads) as well as flexible bands and non-foam padding with a mild soap and water. Wash pads carefully so as not to tear or detach them. Air dry the parts. Use of a concentrated heat source such as a hairdryer or clothes dryer is not recommended. 255 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Replace pads that are excessively dirty, such as headset windscreens. Cleaning Contacts Clean flat contacts on the device, such as the Talkman Connector (TCO), or flat contacts on the battery and charger with a 70% isopropyl alcohol solution. Use a soft, lint-free cloth or premoistened alcohol wipe. Avoid using a cloth with long or thick fibers as the fibers can attach to the connectors and cause intermittent contact. Remove corrosion with a soft eraser (for example, a pencil eraser). The eraser must be in good condition (soft, pliable, and not worn down to the mounting). A good test is to rub the eraser against your skin. If it feels abrasive, do not use it, because it will damage the surface of the connectors. You can also use a three-row cleaning brush with natural hog hair bristles to gently brush away dirt on the contacts. A final alcohol wipe after this should ensure a clean contact. Never bend or manipulate battery contacts. Contact an authorized Honeywell Service Center to repair or replace contacts that are extremely corroded, bent, or missing. Care and Use of Voice Equipment Headsets and Microphones The headsets and microphones used with the Voice system are delicate pieces of electronic equipment. Proper care and use of these products will ensure that they work well for a long time. IMPORTANT For maximum hygiene, Honeywell discourages sharing headsets among operators. The design of the SRX2, SRX3, and SRX-SL headsets features an electronic module that can be removed from the headband and windscreen. The electronic module can be shared among operators over multiple shifts, providing some level of hygiene while potentially reducing costs. Product Use and Care l Talkman devices are assembled under strict Honeywell manufacturing guidelines. Tampering with a device in any manner will void published operating specifications and may void the product warranty. l When the Talkman is not in use, it should be placed properly into a charger. l Never remove the battery from a Talkman device unless it has been properly powered off. l Talkman devices are designed to be worn on the right side of the body with the device's buttons on the top and its connectors toward the operators back. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 256 l Always use pads and windscreens with Honeywell headsets to protect the equipment and ensure optimum speech recognition performance. l Honeywell recommends changing headset windscreens every 90 days to ensure the best performance. CAUTION Use only a solution of 70% isopropyl alcohol and 30% water to clean the hard plastics on equipment. Other products have not been tested and may degrade the equipment. Using Headsets in Freezer Environments Honeywell recommends the following best practices for optimal speech recognition performance when using headsets in freezer environments. l Train your voice templates in the freezer environment. If operators train templates in a quiet area, the noise of a freezer could disrupt recognition. l Position the microphone as close to your mouth as possible, but outside of your breath stream. It should be facing your upper lip, and not touching anything (for example, clothing, skin, or facial hair). l Keep windscreens dry. Water will not damage the equipment; however a windscreen can create a water barrier that degrades speech recognition. l Do not attempt to break ice from a windscreen. The pressure can grind ice into the foam and cause a water barrier as it melts. Ice build-up generally does not degrade performance because Vocollect's Adaptive Speech Recognition compensates for gradual changes in the environment. l Replace a windscreen if liquid or ice on the foam is accompanied by significant problems with recognition. If the headset plays a "headset maintenance is needed message" when used in the freezer environment, contact your support representative for information. Do not return the headset to Honeywell unless directed to do so by your representative. Cleaning Windscreens Honeywell recommends that you change windscreens every 90 days for optimum speech recognition performance. By protecting headset microphones, windscreens prevent the accumulation of dirt which can reduce the clarity of operator responses. IMPORTANT Soap, cleaning solutions, and vigorous washing will remove the protective coating on the windscreen and decrease its effectiveness. 1. Remove the windscreen from the microphone. 2. Rinse the windscreen under warm water. 257 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 3. Squeeze out the excess water and let it air dry thoroughly. The comparison shows how an unprotected microphone cannot make clear distinctions between speech and silence, while a clean microphone can. Cleaning Headsets The foam pads used with Vocollect headsets were designed for both comfort and hygiene. The materials naturally inhibit the growth of bacteria and can be cleaned by rinsing with water and drying. NOTE Commercial cleaning solvents are not recommended. l Clean the plastic parts of the headsets with a soft cloth dampened with water. To clean and disinfect the headset plastic, use a pre-moistened alcohol wipe. l If the Talkman Connectors or plugs become contaminated, use a pre-moistened alcohol wipe to remove dirt or residue. l If the metal connection points on the Talkman's Connectors become discolored, use a soft pencil eraser to clean them. l Do not use unapproved liquids to clean the yellow, blue, and red Talkman Connectors
(TCOs) and any associated headset, scanner, or device plugs. l Hand or machine wash dual-cupped headset earpad covers in cold or warm water, then air dry the covers. The covers are made of 100% cotton flannel and may shrink if dried in a clothes dryer. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 258 Cleaning the Headband Pad NOTE Honeywell strongly recommends that you leave the headband pad in place when cleaning it. If you must remove the entire pad to clean it, use care to line up the headband pad with the topmost part of the headband when you place it back on the headband. l Leave the headband in place and simply wipe the headband with a soft cloth. If necessary, use a pre-moistened alcohol wipe to clean and disinfect the unit. General Safety Guidelines Follow these guidelines when working with Honeywell electrical equipment:
l Grounded equipment must be plugged into an outlet, properly installed, and grounded in accordance with all codes and ordinances. l Never remove the grounding prong or modify the plug in any way. l Do not use plug adapters. l Check with an approved tester or qualified electrician if you believe an outlet may not be properly grounded. l Keep all electrical connections dry and off the ground. l Do not expose electrical equipment to rain or wet conditions. l Do not touch plugs or tools with wet hands. l Do not abuse the cords; do not carry equipment by its cord and never pull a cord to remove its plug from an outlet. Keep the cord away from heat, oil, sharp edges, or moving parts. Replace damaged cords immediately. l Use only approved extension cords. When using a scanning device or imager, do not look directly into the beam. Statement of Agency Compliance Honeywell Vocollect Solutions devices and wireless headsets are designed to be compliant with the rules and regulations in the locations into which they are sold and are labeled as required. Honeywell devices are type approved and do not require the user to obtain license or authorization before using them. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Honeywell could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Honeywell Battery Safety and Best Practices Improper use of the battery may cause heat, fire, explosion, damage, or reduced battery capacity. Read and follow the handling instructions for the battery before and during use. The following are general cautions and guidelines only, and as such may not include every possible usage scenario. The manufacturer will not be liable for actions taken or accidents caused by any use not documented below. 259 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Battery Safety WARNING l Do not disassemble, open, drop (mechanical abuse), crush, bend, deform, puncture, or shred a battery. l Do not modify or remanufacture, attempt to insert foreign objects into a battery, immerse or expose to water or other liquids, or expose to fire, excessive heat including soldering irons, or put in a microwave oven. l Only use a battery in the device for which it is specified. l Improper battery use may result in a fire, explosion or other hazard. l Do not short-circuit the battery or allow metallic or conduction objects to touch any of the battery contacts simultaneously. l Replace a battery only with another battery that has been authorized by Honeywell for the product you are using. Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. l Always replace a battery in a clean, dry environment. l Unit should be turned off when replacing its battery. l In the event of a battery leak, do not allow the liquid to come in contact with skin or eyes. If contact is made, flush the affected area with large amounts of water and seek immediate emergency medical advice and care. l Seek medical advice immediately if a battery is swallowed. l If at any time you witness a battery starting to distend or swell, smoke, or become hot to the touch, discontinue the charging process immediately and disconnect the battery and charger. Observe it from a safe place, preferably outside of any building or vehicle for approximately 15 minutes. l Dispose of used batteries promptly according to the local, state and/or federal regulations. Requirements and options vary greatly in different countries and in different parts of the United States. Many locations have facilities or companies set up for receipt of old batteries. l Honeywell batteries should not be used by children. l Honeywell shall not be held responsible for any damages caused by equipment malfunction when used with non-Honeywell batteries. l Honeywell shall not be held responsible for any damages caused by equipment malfunction when using a non-Honeywell charger. Battery Best Practices TIP l When a battery is expected not to be used for a long period of time, take it out the equipment or device and store at room temperature with normal humidity. l Do not leave a battery connected to the charger for long periods of time. It may cause degradation of battery performance, such as a shortening of battery life. It should be removed from the charger and stored as recommended above. l Power off your equipment when not in use. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 260 Handling Used Batteries CAUTION l When shipping batteries, place tape or insulating material securely over the battery contacts to avoid accidental contact in transit. Honeywell batteries can be shipped under Special Provision 188 of 49 CFR 172.102 or IATA exception A45. l Never disassemble a battery. l Do not leave a battery under strong sunshine, or expose a battery to rain or water. l Store batteries in a rugged receptacle and cover with a lid. About Sending Equipment Back for Repairs IMPORTANT Only equipment purchased directly from Honeywell can be returned to Honeywell for repairs. If you purchased Honeywell equipment for example, a headset in the SR-Series from a Honeywell reseller, contact the reseller. If you are using Vocollect VoiceClient on a handheld device, contact the reseller or device manufacturer if you have questions or issues concerning the device. IMPORTANT Remove ear pads, mounting discs, cables, and cord clips before shipping. These consumable items slow down the repair process, and units will be shipped back without these consumables installed. Honeywell issues RMAs for all returns regardless of the reason for the return. This guarantees proper tracking of equipment, ensures proper handling, and facilitates a fast return. The Customer Service department generally issues RMAs to customers who are returning products for repair. However, Honeywell may issue RMAs for other reasons, such as the following:
l The product belongs to Honeywell. Honeywell may have loaned the product to a customer or provided it as a sample. l Honeywell requested that the customer return the item, perhaps for testing. l A Honeywell employee at the customer site has determined that the product should go back to Honeywell for some other reason. l Exchange for example, an incorrect item was shipped or the wrong size of belt was ordered. Some Honeywell customers have service contracts with repair depots to perform repairs on Honeywell products. Customers with these service contracts should contact their Honeywell RMArepresentative and follow their instructions for returning equipment. Follow the RMA issuance procedures to eliminate unnecessary repair costs and to ensure timely product receipt. If you have a question about the RMA process, please contact Customer Service. 261 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Packaging Items for Return to Honeywell NOTE Properly packaged RMA items facilitate faster repair and return of Honeywell products. Honeywell appreciates your assistance and adherence to these policies. 1. Pack items so that no items can come into direct contact with one another or with the sides, bottom, or top of the shipping container. 2. Line the shipping container with at least one layer of padding, preferably anti-static bubble pack. 3. Pack each item individually in a bag or wrapping, preferably anti-static bubble bags or wrapping. l If individual wrapping is not possible, place some packing material (such as anti-
static bubble pack) on the bottom of the shipping container, then pack items between layers of the material. l Avoid using foam peanuts as the only packing material because they do not prevent items from coming into contact with each other or the walls of the shipping container. Peanuts can, however, fill empty space in the shipping container and on top of items that have been individually packed in anti-static bubble bags. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 262 TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT PROBLEMS APPENDIX D Sometimes you will not see an LED indicator change or hear an error message, but will see some other sign of trouble. Find the description below that most accurately describe what you see. Follow the steps in sequence until the issue is resolved; start with the first option and see if that solves your problem before moving on to the second. If none of the listed steps resolve the problem, contact Honeywell to send the equipment back for repair or to speak with a support representative. I Can't Hear Anything Through the Headset 1. Make sure the device has a fully charged battery. 2. Make sure the headset is properly connected to the device. 3. Try the headset on a device that is not having problems. 4. Try a different headset on the device with the problem. 5. Turn the device off and then back on again. 6. Reboot the device. 7. If you are using an SRX2 or SRX3 headset, make sure your headset is paired with your device. If the headset is broken, send it back to Honeywell for repair. 8. The Scanner will not Scan These steps apply to bar code scanners external to the Talkman device and not the integrated scanner in the Talkman A730x/A730. 1. Make sure the scanner is on, plugged into the Talkman device properly, and that the battery is charged. 2. Make sure the Talkman device is on, the battery is charged, and that it is running voice process software (task or voice application) that is set up for scanning. 3. Using VoiceConsole, verify that the task is set up to use the port BT_SCAN for its scanning connection in the advanced settings of the task package. 4. Check the Talkman device in VoiceConsole. If the Peripherals Paired With status 5. 6. indicates searching, verify that the correct Bluetooth address was entered.Correct the entry if necessary by following the initial procedure to set up the connection. If the scanner beeps several times after a scan, it is not connected.Verify the connection with the Talkman. If the scanner appears to scan and beeps once (indicating successful scan) but Talkman does not appear to accept input, assure that the task termination characters are the default (CR/LF). If not, the scanner or task may need to be reprogrammed to match. 263 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 7. If a scan was attempted while the Talkman was asleep, the Talkman may ignore all subsequent scans. Toggling the Talkman on/off will typically correct this condition. 8. Try connecting the scanner to a different device. 9. If the scanner is damaged, send it back to Honeywell for repair. The Device Beeps Every Few Seconds 1. Wait for a few minutes. The voice engine may just be communicating with the host. 2. 3. The administrator can check device logs in VoiceConsole to attempt to diagnose the If the beeping continues beyond a few minutes, see the administrator. problem. The Device Will Not Load a Voice Application 1. Try loading the voice application again. See the VoiceConsole online help for instructions. 2. Make sure the device is properly placed in a charger. 3. Check for error messages in VoiceConsole. 4. Make sure you are in radio range of an access point. 5. Make sure the device's ChangeTaskEnabled parameter is set to 1. 6. Reboot the device. 7. Put the device in debug mode to look for a clue to the problem. The Device Will Not Load an Operator Template 1. Make sure you are loading the operator properly. 2. Make sure the operator has created a voice template. 3. Make sure you are in radio range. 4. Reboot the device. The Device Does Not Respond to Button Presses 1. Make sure the device has a fully charged battery. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Send the device back to Honeywell for repair. The Device Will Not Turn On 1. Make sure the battery is properly seated on the device. 2. Make sure the device has a fully charged battery. 3. Send the device back to Honeywell for repair. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 264 The Device Keeps Shutting Off 1. Change the battery. 2. Make sure you are placing the battery on correctly. 3. Check the battery compartment on the device to make sure it is not damaged. If it is damaged, send the device back to Honeywell for repair. 4. Check VoiceConsole for crash dump files with this device's specific serial number. Troubleshooting Problems Indicated by LED Vocollect Talkman devices, chargers and the SRX headset and its charger have LEDs that indicate the state of the equipment. These LEDs may be on, off or blink. In some cases an LED will blink, alternating between two colors. If the LEDs indicate that there is a problem, follow the troubleshooting steps to solve the problem. 1. Check the battery contacts and the charger contacts for dirt or other obstructions that might prevent the contacts from connecting properly. 2. Clean the contacts, if necessary. l Use an isopropyl alcohol (isopropanol) swab or soft cloth dampened with isopropyl alcohol to clean metal connection points. l If dirt or residue cannot be removed with the alcohol swab or cloth, use a soft, non-
abrasive rubber eraser to clean metal connection points. You can also use a three-row toothbrush style, general cleaning brush with natural hog hair bristles to gently brush away dirt on the contacts. l Wipe again with isopropyl alcohol. 3. Try various combinations of batteries and chargers to determine if the condition is specific to the battery or to the charger. l If the condition is specific to the battery, give the battery to your system administrator. l If the condition is specific to the charger, disconnect the charger from its power source for about five seconds, then reconnect it. Test the charger with a battery. If the same condition occurs, return the charger for service. My Headset Won't Stay On 1. Make sure the headset wire is clipped properly to your clothing. 2. Make sure that you are following the proper procedure for wearing a headset. Headset Pairing FAQ Q: My device accidentally paired with a different headset. What can I do?
A: If you are using an SRX2 or SRX3 headset, press and quickly release the + and - buttons simultaneously to clear the pairing. 265 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Q: The users at my site do not have assigned headsets and devices, so they could get a different headset at every shift. Which pairing process would you recommend?
A: With an A700 or A700x device (VoiceCatalyst only) and an SRX2 or SRX3 headset, you can use TouchConnect to pair the device and headset. With earlier devices, auto pairing would probably be the easiest, as it will quickly establish connections and by default does not maintain those pairings. Q: The users at my site are assigned their own headsets, so I want to maintain pairings and avoid pairing headsets at the start of every shift. What pairing process would you recommend?
A: You could use manual pairing or auto pairing with the configuration parameter SrxPersistAutomaticPairing or, in VoiceClient 3.9 and later and VoiceCatalyst 2.0 and later, PersistSrxPairingAcrossPowerCycle set to 1 and SrxClearPairingInCharger set to 0 in order to maintain pairings through device reboots and recharging. Q: Our users are spending a lot of time pairing. What methods would you recommend to reduce the time it takes to pair headsets?
A: There are a number of solutions:
l Use a pairing mode that is not as susceptible to cross pairing - avoid using auto pairing. l Ensure that users are isolated by some distance when the devices perform inquiry searches. l Use manual pairing, rather than auto pairing, so that the searches are done only at the users request. l Use low power pairing. l If your users do not share headsets and devices, use manual pairing so that the device and headset remain paired. l If your users share headsets and devices, use auto pairing so that pairing hardware at each shift will complete faster. Understanding Device Connections This section provides an overview of the device ports available on Honeywell voice devices. Device Ports Honeywell systems can accommodate wired devices as well as wireless devices using Bluetooth Wireless Technology. Bluetooth is integral with the Talkman A700/A700x Series. It supports scanning, printing, and wireless headset use simultaneously. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 266 Port Use for Peripherals with Honeywell Devices Connection Talkman Wired A720/A720x Bluetooth A720/A720x *
A710/A710x A730/A730x For Head-
set Yellow port For Scan-
ning Blue port For Print-
ing Red port
* Either wired scanning or printing but not both simultaneously
* Use of a Bluetooth port disables the corresponding physical port Talkman devices can interface not only with scanners and printers, but also any number of devices capable of supporting a serial port protocol, such as RFID readers, label printers, and serial device controls. Your Honeywell Representative can help you understand which specific versions of hardware and software products are best suited for operations with other devices. Vocollect Connector for Wired Scanners Honeywell systems are designed to accommodate interfaces at a specific connection point.The Talkman Breakaway Connector, or TCO, was carefully designed to meet several design constraints. l Dirt and debris can collect in recessed surfaces. The TCO has a flat external connection surface that prevents this problem. The connector end on the unit is sealed to protect the unit from dirt and dust. l For safety, the connectors break away if a force strong enough to pull the wearer off-
balance is exerted. l The connectors are keyed, so that only the correct TCO cable (i.e. headset, bar code or printer) may be inserted in any given TCO connection point. l The connector is extremely rugged. These features make the connectors suitable for the extremes of a production environment. They also decrease the need for service of the unit because of connector issues or failures. 267 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Connecting Peripherals to a Talkman Device 1. Attach the cable to the device as shown in the image below. 2. Make sure the peripheral is off. 3. Connect the cable to the peripheral. 4. Turn the peripheral on. Disconnecting Peripherals from a Talkman Device CAUTION Never pull on the cable or twist the connector to disconnect it from the device. Doing so will damage the cable and connector, and invalidate the headset's warranty. 1. Grasp the connector. 2. Press the connector's release lever. 3. Tilt the bottom of the connector off the device. 4. Lift the connector up and off the device. Scanner Connections for Wired Scanners Scanners typically require two connections, one for data and one for power. The data connection is typically a DB9. The only pins used by the system are pins 2 (receive), 3 (transmit) and 5
(signal ground). Power connections can be unique, and voltage ranges can vary. Most scanners powered by 5V DC include a modular cable that can be refitted to work with the system. Vocollect offers cables with the TCO on one end and an unterminated 5V DC connection on the other.This may easily be re-terminated and connected to a scanner. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 268 Vocollect offers cables with the TCO and RJ-11 connectors as well as those without any RJ-11 connectors. For those without RJ-11 connectors, customers can attach any RJ-11 connector they have wired to match their own scanners specific pin assignments.These cables are discussed in the Cable Options Available from Vocollect section. Data Encoding The Wired Interface Protocol section discussed the basic transmission specifications for data. It is important to note that the input/output system of the Talkman is structured to deal with character-oriented data.This will typically be ASCII code. This does not preclude the Talkman from dealing with more-complex character sets such as Unicode. The system can accommodate Unicode Transmission Format (UTF) in either 8-bit or 16-bit implementations. The system was not designed to deal with input and output devices that cannot provide or accept decoded data into an RS-232 stream that is character oriented. Printer Options The Talkman device hardware and robust software is flexible enough to accommodate a variety of printing needs.The combination of the Vocollect system and wearable printer communicating over a WLAN can be an ideal enhancement to workflows which require immediate printing. Stationary Printers As the name implies, these printers are at a fixed location and are typically shared among many users. Vocollect software, working in conjunction with the Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), sometimes called Radio Frequency LAN (RFLAN), can make a request to a server system and initiate printing. Vocollect VoiceLink software may moderate the printing or a Warehouse Management System (WMS) may be used to control this type of host based printing. Troubleshooting Stationary Printers Stationary printers may not print for several reasons. l Supplies may be low its important to have supplies of paper, labels, ribbons or toner readily available. l Power or data communications may be interrupted, procedures for checking power or cabling should be posted if this is a possible issue with the printer. l Server print queue may be stalled or the server may be down, it will be necessary to contact the party responsible for the printer (typically the Information Technology Department) to resolve the issue. Because printing may be an integral part of a workflow servicing many workers its important to have clearly posted troubleshooting/resolution procedure posted or a way to contact someone who can rapidly assist in resolving the printing issue. 269 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Wearable Printers It may be more convenient or necessary for individual workers to be able to print from their location for the purposes of affixing labels as part of their work operations. Wearable printers, such as the PB50 from Intermec, can be an ideal choice for this type of operation.These printers typically offer various interface modes including RS-232, WLAN or Bluetooth. Wireless Bluetooth printers are also available.These are discussed later in this document. Troubleshooting Wearable Printers The following issues can occur with wearable printers. l Battery wear just like all mobile devices printer batteries are subject to wear. If a mobile printer does not function, a good first step is to assure that its battery is in charged. l Cord deterioration - repeated bending, pulling and stretching of the cord via normal wear and tear can cause it to fail. If a wired wearable printer is not printing, testing it with a cord that is known to be good may resolve the issue. l Paper or ribbon issues its important to have supplies on-hand so that workers can quickly have them replenished. Understanding Bluetooth Bluetooth is a wireless communication protocol that permits a small personal area network or pico-net (small network) to be created among devices. Because it eliminates tethering the devices together with a cord it can be very valuable as a connection technology, saving workers time untangling cords, decreasing maintenance costs associated with cord replacement, and increasing overall workplace safety. Bluetooth for scanning, printing and display on the A700/A700x devices uses the serial port protocol. The Talkman Bluetooth devices identify themselves by a unique 12 hexadecimal digit address, typically specified in pairs of numbers separated by a colon (i.e. 08:00:2B:CF:3D:13). In order to initiate a connection to a device this Media Access Control (MAC) address must be specified. Bluetooth Range Bluetooth is implemented in two ranges or classes, Class 1 (approximately 100 meters or 300 feet) and Class 2 (approximately 10 meters or 30 feet). Because Bluetooth operates within the same frequency band, it can interfere with 802.11b/g wireless network traffic. Honeywell strongly recommends exclusive use of Class 2 Bluetooth devices whenever possible. CAUTION Honeywell strongly cautions against the use of Class 1 Bluetooth devices because of their potential to interfere with wireless network traffic over a very long range. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 270 Bluetooth Device Roles A Bluetooth device can function either as an acceptor of an incoming connection from a corresponding initiator or as an initiator of an outgoing connection to a corresponding acceptor. Bluetooth Security Bluetooth devices support a security ID which typically may be enabled or disabled as an option. This is useful mostly for devices that are deployed in a general population. Because of the limited range of Bluetooth Class 2 devices, and the restriction of its use with a specific Vocollect device application, it is unlikely that using or implementing this feature would provide value in typical environments using the A700/A700x devices. Bluetooth Scanner Considerations Honeywell recommends selecting Bluetooth scanners that:
l Are class 2 devices, to limit any potential wireless network interference. l Support the Bluetooth Serial Port Protocol (SPP) for data transmission. l Do not require security options. l May be programmed easily via bar codes. Workers scan the bar codes in order to set up scanners or reconfigure them to re-pair with different devices. This is much easier than finding a supervisor when it is needed to edit a static configuration in VoiceConsole. In applications using several scanners, Honeywell recommends associating (pairing) the reader with its base unit during idle periods, or turning it off. Typically, pairing with the charging base is done by scanning the bar-code at the readers charging base or a code break (unpair) the connection. Unconnected Bluetooth devices that are still logically paired will often page to try to re-pair. This can create significant increases in Bluetooth activity and possibly impact wireless network performance. Ensuring that unused active devices are always paired reduces this possibility Bluetooth Printer Considerations Bluetooth printers typically will function as acceptors.Unlike scanners which allow input via bar codes, printer configuration is frequently done with special management software with only limited controls available to the worker. When planning to implement Bluetooth printers, consider permanently associating or pairing each printer with a specific device to avoid the need for management intervention to reassign printer pairing with devices. 271 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Basic Bluetooth Roles and Concepts Pairing: Pairing is the process in which two devices enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology create a secure link in order to share information. Each of the two devices is configured in a different pairing mode. These modes are:
l Acceptor the device configured as an acceptor will accept a connection from the other device.It will not attempt to actively connect to any other device. It may require some security information from the initiator device before accepting the connection. l Initiator the device will actively search for (page) and connect to the other device (which must be discoverable and configured as an acceptor).If security settings have been configured on the initiator device, it may need to present these settings to the acceptor to complete the connection. The pairing process begins when the initiator device broadcasts an inquiry to search for discoverable Bluetooth addresses of acceptor devices. MAC address: Bluetooth devices such as scanners are identified by a unique 12 hexadecimal
(base 16) address (i.e. composed of the numbers 0-9 and letters A-F, typically expressed in pairs separated by - or : such as 08-00-2B-1F-3D-47 or 00:00:2F:E0:BC:7C).This address is sometimes called the Bluetooth MAC address, or simply the MAC (Media Access Control) address. Talkman terminals have this address as a bar code on the label printed with BT for Bluetooth. Similarly most scanners will also have their Bluetooth address printed and/or expressed in bar code on the device. Bluetooth with Talkman A700/A700x Solution VoiceConsole software is used to enable or disable the integral Bluetooth functionality on A700/A700x devices.Options may be changed in VoiceConsole or in the Talkman device profile.Whenever possible Honeywell recommends using options placed in the device profile. The general checklist for enabling and using Bluetooth for the A700/A700x devices for scanning and printing includes:
VoiceConsole Setting Device Profile Setting Ensure the Enable Bluetooth box is checked Bluetooth_IsEnabled=<true or false>
Enable the specific port function (scanning or printing) BarcodeBt_IsInitiator=<true or false> (for scanner) Set the specific port as an acceptor or initiator PrinterBt_IsInitiator=<true or false> (for printer) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 272 VoiceConsole Setting Device Profile Setting Set the security PIN if needed BarcodeBt_SecurityPIN=<character string>
(for scanner) PrinterBt_SecurityPIN=<character string>
(for printer) BarcodeBt_Address=<MAC address> (for scanner) For initiator mode, specify the MAC address of the Bluetooth device to be used PrinterBt_Address=<MAC address> (for printer) Enter the MAC address without separator characters, i.e. 08002B1C3DA5 Ensure that the scanning (Barcode Port) or printing port (Printer Port) is specified as BT_SCAN or BT_PRINT as appropriate in the .vcf file settings. Alternatively, Bluetooth can be enabled by adding configurable parameters to the advanced settings of the device profile. It is not recommended that the parameters be placed in the task package. It is important to remember that the use of a Bluetooth function (scanning, printing or headset) disables the physical port on the A700/A700x device for that use. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. Configuring Bluetooth Capabilities with VoiceConsole You can enable Bluetooth on Talkman A700/A700x devices using VoiceConsole. Once enabled, the Talkman can be paired with a Bluetooth peripheral. The pairing can be initiated by either the device or the peripheral. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. Pairing Initiated by a Talkman Device This method of pairing is useful if a single Talkman device will always be associated with one scanner. If the communication link is disrupted and the scanner disconnects from the Talkman device, the device typically recovers the connection automatically. Additionally, the consistent pairing makes troubleshooting easier. This method, however, may restrict use to ways that are not convenient. One disadvantage is that the scanner must be swapped out using VoiceConsole if there is a problem. To enable a Talkman device to initiate a connection with a Bluetooth device you will need:
273 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide l The Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth device as well as the security code (if security on the device is enabled) for the device. l Access to VoiceConsole to set up the pairing. For production use, Honeywell recommends that you create a specific device profile in VoiceConsole to store many of the following settings. l Pairing instructions specific to your scanner. For this one-to-one pairing, consider labeling both devices so that the correct pairs are consistently used. 1. Using VoiceConsole, locate the specific Talkman device to be paired with the scanner. 2. View the properties of the device, and ensure that Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled."
A device profile can include the parameter Bluetooth_IsEnabled set to TRUE in the advanced settings. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. 3. Select the Pair this device with a peripheral option. 4. For Pairing Type select "Bluetooth Scanner."
The parameter BarcodePort can be set to BT_SCAN for scanners or BT_PRINT for printers. Configure this parameter in the advanced settings of the task package. 5. For Connection Mode select "Device initiates connection with peripheral."
6. In the Bluetooth Adress enter the Bluetooth MAC address of the scanner. This 12-
character ID is labeled "MAC ID" and is found on the device label. 7. For Security select "Enabled" if a security key is required. 8. For the Security Key enter four zeros (0000). Skip this step if a security key is not required. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. Note that you can also import a list of connected devices and set up those connections in VoiceConsole. This bulk pair option may be useful in some situations. Pairing Initiated by a Bluetooth Device This method of pairing is useful if a scanner or printer will be used with more than one Talkman A700/A700x device. It is usually more advantageous to allow a device to actively pair with the Talkman as opposed to having Talkman initiate the pairing, permitting any Talkman to be used with any device. This pairing can be easily done with most scanners; however printers may not have the capability to initiate the pairing process. To enable a Talkman device to listen for a connection with a Bluetooth device you will need:
l Access to VoiceConsole to set up the pairing. For production use, Honeywell recommends that you create a specific device profile in VoiceConsole to store many of the following settings. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. l Pairing instructions specific to your scanner. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 274 1. Generate a bar code for pairing. See Barcode Identifier Label for Pairing Scanners for more information. If the scanner can be paired with a single bar code, that sequence can be printed as a label and placed on the Talkman device. Workers who need to pair the scanner can then simply pick up the Talkman and scan this code. 2. Using VoiceConsole, locate the specific device to be paired with the scanner. 3. View the properties of the device, and ensure that Bluetooth is enabled. If it is not enabled, click Edit this device and set Bluetooth Enabled to "enabled."
A device profile can include the parameter Bluetooth_IsEnabled set to TRUE in the advanced settings. More information can be found in the Voice Console Online Help. 4. Select the Pair this device with a peripheral option. 5. For Pairing Type select "Bluetooth Scanner."
The parameter BarcodePort can be set to BT_SCAN for scanners or BT_PRINT for printers. Configure this parameter in the advanced settings of the task package. 6. For Connection Mode select "Device listens for peripheral connection."
7. For Security select "Enabled" if security is required. 8. For Security Key enter four zeros "0000." Skip this step if a security key is not required. 9. Click Pair with peripheral to initiate pairing. 10. To complete the pairing, scan the bar code created for the device in the first step. 11. When finished using the Talkman and scanner, unpair the Talkman to set the scanner to acceptor mode. Performing this step ensures that the scanner does not generate spurious Bluetooth RF that could interfere with other transmissions. When an initiator device becomes unpaired, such as when the Talkman device is turned off, the initiator will try to re-pair by paging or sending repeated bursts of Bluetooth radio traffic through the air.Either pairing the scanner with its base station or setting the scanner to an acceptor mode will stop this behavior. Barcode Identifier Label for Pairing Scanners If you want a scanner to initiate pairing with a Talkman device, you must generate the barcode specific to that scanner. You can find several commercial software packages as well as freeware on the Internet that can be used to create barcodes. Generally, the barcode created to pair a scanner with a Talkman device is composed of a control sequence that is unique to each scanner type and brand. Some scanners require a control sequence followed by the MAC address of the destination, both of which can be represented as a single barcode. Other scanners require separate scans of a control sequence and destination MAC address. In all cases, however, it will be necessary to know the destination MAC address of the Talkman device in order to create a barcode that can be printed and read for pairing to that Talkman. NOTE While the MAC addresses of devices appear as a bar code labels on these devices, scanning those bar codes will not initiate pairing because they do not contain control sequences. 275 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Many scanners use a code referred to as FNC3 to initiate a programming sequence. FNC3 can be entered using the numeric keypad (not regular keys) while holding down the ALT key and entering 0179. The numeric keypad must be used to enter this combination; it will not work using the regular number keys. It is important to read and understand the unique configurations that each scanner may require to successfully pair it with Talkman devices. There may also be specific scanner behaviors that must be changed to meet operational needs (such as power-off timeouts, disconnection timeouts, etc.) About Pairing Other Peripheral Devices l Pairing recommendations may differ from peripheral to peripheral and configuration. Please see your device and peripheral documentation. l If you are using Bluetooth, ensure that the Bluetooth radio has been turned on through the device's operating system. Most devices have the ability to turn the Bluetooth radio on or off. For power consumption reasons, when Bluetooth is not in use, the Bluetooth radio should be turned off. This process differs per device. Please see your device and peripheral documentation. l If the peripheral with which you are trying to pair does not show up on the list of devices within range, that peripheral may already be paired with another device. Disconnect the pairing and scan for the desired peripheral again. l A Bluetooth scanner should beep when it pairs with a device. If you do not hear a tone, restart the handheld device. l At the end of a shift, disconnect any active Bluetooth pairing so that the peripheral is free to pair with another device. You can do this via VoiceConsole by in Device Management. l Pairings with additional Bluetooth peripheral devices can degrade the performance of printers and scanners that are already paired with your Talkman device. To improve performance, delete pairings that are not in use from the Talkman device. NOTE See Vocollect VoiceConsole help for details on how to pair and manage devices using VoiceConsole. About Error Messages Error messages may be of one of two types:
Numbered Messages display in VoiceConsole as the numeric value of the error, followed by the text message that displays in Debug. If you have seen a numbered error message in VoiceConsole, see the Numbered Error Messages topic. Spoken Messages are heard through a headset. If you have heard an error message through a headset, see the Spoken Error Messages topic. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 276 NOTE Not all numbered error messages displayed in VoiceConsole have a corresponding spoken message. Numbered Error Messages Number Text Solution 0x020a Event detect initialization failed. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x0203 Event control failed to create shared data module. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x0206 Battery is getting low. Change the battery. 0x0207 0x0208 Battery is getting low. Change battery now. Change the battery. Battery is very low. Powering off. Must replace battery after power off complete. Change the battery. 0x0602 Noise sampling procedure failed. 0x0603 Noise sampling procedure timed out. 0x0605 Invalid operator file name. 0x060c Train returned bad status to UpdTrain. 0x060e Unable to train words. Not enough free flash memory. 0x0802 Speak failed to initialize properly. 0x0804 Speech-out failed. Audio system failure. 0x1201 Dialog power-off failed. 0x1202 Task not loaded. No task name available. 0x1203 OperLoad failed -- TmplSend busy. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Check the crashdump file. For more information, see the VoiceConsole online help. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Check the crashdump file. For more information, see the VoiceConsole online help. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Check the crashdump file. For more information, see the VoiceConsole online help. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 277 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Number Text Solution 0x1204 Operator load failed. 0x1205 Corrupted operator data. 0x1206 Noise sample failed. 0x1207 There are no operators in this team. 0x1208 Unable to retrieve operator files. 0x1209 Internal error loading operator. 0x120a Task load failed. 0x120b Self test mode set, but no script file found. 0x120c No task list file found. Task unchanged. 0x120d 0x120e 0x1210 0x1211 Software error while changing task. Task unchanged. Failed to load look up table. Task load failed. Failed to load terminal emulation configuration file. Task load failed. Corrupt terminal emulation configuration file. Task load failed. 0x1212 Corrupt task file. Task load failed. 0x1213 Failed to load task Vocollect configuration file. Task load failed. 0x1214 0x1215 Failed to write the output data record network transport information registration file. Task load failed. Failed to write dialog terminal-off files in the terminal charger after task or operator load. 0x1216 Retraining word failed. Please try again. Initializing operator failed. Please reload operator. Failed to load task phonetic file. Task load failed. Failed to load task audio file. Task load failed. 0x1217 0x1218 0x1219 0x1402 1. Reload the operator. 2. Reload the task. 3. Reload VoiceClient. Communications error: Process message service receive error. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 278 Number Text Solution 0x1403 Communications error: Process message service send error. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1406 Communications error: Process message service GetIdFromName error. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x140a Communications error: Unable to close Vocollect configuration file. 0x140f Communications error: Unable to delete Vocollect configuration file. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1410 Communications error: Vocollect network transport information registration failed. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1411 Communications error: Unrecognized process message service message. 0x1414 Communications error: Unable to spawn bar code process. 0x1415 Communications error: Unable to spawn serial process. 0x1417 Communications error: Bad FTP command. 0x141b Communications error: Bad socket command. 0x1420 Error: Unable to initialize bar code port. 0x1421 Display Mode host name or IP address bad. 0x1422 Display Mode service name or port bad. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1423 Error: Unable to initialize Debug/training COM port. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1425 Socket host name or IP address bad. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 4. Reload the task. 5. Verify the task's output data records (ODRs) and lookup tables
(LUTs) have correct and valid socket host and service information. If you need assistance, contact Vocollect. 279 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Number Text Solution 0x1426 Socket service name or port bad. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 4. Reload the task. 5. Verify the task's output data records (ODRs) and lookup tables
(LUTs) have correct and valid socket host and service information. If you need assistance, contact Vocollect. Unable to send file via socket. Unable to open. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1427 0x142a Invalid Terminal Manager service name or port. 0x142c Telnet session manager failed to start. 0x142d Telnet client process failed to start. 0x142e 0x142f Telnet VT220 emulation process failed to start. Unable to open send data file, for telnet send. 0x1430 Error, Unable to Initialize Printer Port. 0x1431 Unable to print label, unable to open file. 0x1432 Printer Error, Process Message Service Send Error. 0x1433 Comm Error, Unable to spawn printer process. 0x1600 File Manager initialization failed. 0x1601 File Manager process message service receive failed. 0x1602 Warning, low flash memory. 0x1603 Warning, low flash memory. You must upload your collected data now. 0x1a01 Process history data initialization failed. 0x1a02 Process history data process message service receive failed. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 280 Number Text Solution 0x1a03 Process history data process message service retry failed. 0x1a04 Process history data file descriptor structure error. 0x1a05 Process history data lookup table structure error. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reload the task. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reload the task. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1a06 Process history data bins to records write error. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1a09 Process history data power-off error. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1a0b Process history data process message service initialization data file descriptor failed. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 0x1e01 Video terminal emulation initialization failed. 0x1e02 0x2100 0x2101 0x2102 0x2104 Video terminal emulation process message service receive failed. Flash failed to virtual allocate the flash device. Flash failed to initialize the device for the file system. Flash failed to virtual copy the flash device. Flash failed because of erase block argument was invalid. 0x2105 Flash library failed during erase. 0x2106 Flash failed because of invalid flash write pointer argument. 0x2107 Flash library failed during write. 0x2108 Flash failed because of invalid flash read pointer argument. 0x2109 Flash library failed during read. 0x210a Flash library failed while deleting a file. 0x210b Flash library failed while finding a file. 281 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Number Text Solution 0x210c 0x210d 0x210e Flash failed to open the specified file in RAM. Flash failed to read the specified file from RAM. Flash failed to write the specified file to RAM. 0x210f Flash library failed while opening a file. 0x2110 Flash library failed while closing a file. 0x2111 0x2112 Flash had invalid flash file image generator linked list. Flash is full. Please wait while Talkman turns off. 0x2115 Flash library failed. Out of space. 0x2116 Flash library failed during reclaim. Spoken Error Messages Error Message Solution
"Battery is very low. Powering off. Must replace battery after power off complete."
Change the battery.
"Battery is getting low."
Change the battery.
"Battery is getting low. Change battery now."
Change the battery.
"Cannot load operator while sending templates."
Wait until all templates are loaded, then load the operator.
"Cannot load task. Processing data."
"Corrupt task file. Task load failed."
1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reload the task. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reload the task. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient.
"Corrupt device emulation config file. Task load failed."
"Corrupted operator data."
Reload the operator.
"Failed to load lookup table. Task load failed."
1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 282 Error Message Solution
"Failed to load task audio file. Task load failed."
"Failed to load task phonetic file. Task load failed."
"Failed to load task VCF file. Task load failed."
"Failed to load device emulation config file. Task load failed."
"Failed to write the ODR NTI registration file. Task load failed."
"Firmware error while changing task. Task not changed."
"Flash error."
"Flash is full. Please wait while Talkman turns off."
1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Reload the task. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Reload the task. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient.
"Headset battery is getting low."
Change the battery.
"Headset battery is getting low. Change headset battery now."
Change the battery.
"Initializing operator failed. Please reload operator."
"Internal error loading operator."
1. Reload the operator. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient.
"Invalid operator file name."
Select the operator again or load a different operator.
"Invalid device Manager Host name or address."
"Invalid device Manager Service name or port."
283 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Error Message Solution
"No task list file found. Task unchanged."
"Noise sampling procedure failed."
1. Reload the task. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Sample noise again. 2. Go to a quieter location and perform another noise sample. 3. Try using another headset and perform the noise sample. NOTE If this solves the problem, the first headset might be damaged.
"Noise sampling procedure timed out."
1. Sample noise again. 2. Reboot the device.
"Operator load failed."
"Power-off error."
1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Power on the device. 2. Reboot the device.
"Self test mode set, but no script file found."
Edit the task configuration file, taskname.vcf, and change the line selftest=1 to selftest=0.
"Software error while changing task. Task unchanged."
"Task load failed."
"Task not loaded. No task name available."
"Telnet client process failed to start."
"Telnet session manager failed to start."
"Telnet VT220 emulation process failed to start."
"Unable to receive input data."
"Unable to retrieve operator files."
1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reload the task. 4. Reboot the device. 5. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Reload the task. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 284 Error Message Solution
"Unable to send output data."
"Unable to train words. Not enough free flash memory."
"Warning, low flash memory!"
"Warning, low flash memory! You must upload your collected data now!"
1. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 2. Reboot the device. 3. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Wait for the device to go to sleep. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 5. Place the device in a charger as soon as possible. 1. Go to an area of known good coverage. 2. Turn the device off and then turn it back on again. 3. Reboot the device. 4. Reload VoiceClient. 5. Place the device in a charger as soon as possible. Troubleshooting Peripheral Problems Troubleshooting Display Devices If the display does not pair or appear to work:
1. Be sure that the display is on, Talkman is on, and the display battery and Talkman battery are both charged. 2. Verify that both display and Talkman are connected to the same wireless network. Verify that Talkman is running a VoiceApplication which supports displays. 3. Verify that display is pointing to the right web address and Talkman device. Troubleshooting Bluetooth Scanners With any relatively open communication system like Bluetooth, parameters must be set correctly for successful data transmission. The following sections include common settings and problem areas for Bluetooth scanners. The Scanner will not Scan These steps apply to bar code scanners external to the Talkman device and not the integrated scanner in the Talkman A730/A730x. 1. Make sure the scanner is on, plugged into the Talkman device properly, and that the battery is charged. 2. Make sure the Talkman device is on, the battery is charged, and that it is running voice process software (task or voice application) that is set up for scanning. 3. Using VoiceConsole, verify that the task is set up to use the port BT_SCAN for its scanning connection in the advanced settings of the task package. 285 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 4. Check the Talkman device in VoiceConsole. If the Peripherals Paired With status indicates searching, verify that the correct Bluetooth address was entered.Correct the entry if necessary by following the initial procedure to set up the connection. If the scanner beeps several times after a scan, it is not connected.Verify the connection with the Talkman. If the scanner appears to scan and beeps once (indicating successful scan) but Talkman does not appear to accept input, assure that the task termination characters are the default (CR/LF). If not, the scanner or task may need to be reprogrammed to match. If a scan was attempted while the Talkman was asleep, the Talkman may ignore all subsequent scans. Toggling the Talkman on/off will typically correct this condition. 5. 6. 7. 8. Try connecting the scanner to a different device. 9. If the scanner is damaged, send it back to Honeywell for repair. The Talkman Device Does Not Receive Scanned Data Scenario:
l The Bluetooth scanner appears to successfully pair with the Talkman device. l The scanner is scanning bar codes. l The Talkman device does not acknowledge the data transmission. Possible Cause:
The scanner may not be set up to send the appropriate prefix or suffix characters expected by the voice process software (task or voice application) running on the Talkman device. Some process software requires a prefix character to identify the bar code Symbology in use so that it can be parsed correctly.The VoiceClient voice software will require that the bar code be terminated with a carriage-return/line-feed combination. Data will not be successfully transmitted if these settings do not match. Resolution:
Review the information specific to your scanner on setting prefix and suffix characters, or symbologies and carriage returns. Refer to documentation from the manufacturer for additional settings. The Pairing with the Talkman Breaks Often Scenario:
l The pairing link breaks between the scanner and the Talkman device on a regular basis. l It takes too much time during shifts to re-establish the link. l Sometimes this scenario includes the scanner powering down and having to be powered up again. Possible Causes:
Some scanners power down to conserve battery power which includes powering down their Bluetooth radios. When the radio turns off, the pairing with the Talkman device breaks. Some scanners may also disassociate any pairing by default after a power-down meaning that the scanner needs to be manually re-paired on power up. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 286 Similarly, some scanners have parameters associated with the length of time that they will maintain a Bluetooth radio connection. Resolutions:
Review and change the scanner's power management options from the default behavior to ensure that there is no delay in scanning caused by any disconnect/reconnect. Usually these options are able to be changed by an initial configuration of the scanner. Alternatively, change the scanner's connection maintenance parameters that cause the scanner to disconnect after a fixed period to ensure that the scanner stays permanently connected. Refer to documentation from the manufacturer for additional settings. We Have Incorrect Pairings and RF Interference Scenario:
l An operator cannot pair her scanner with a Talkman device that was previously paired to a different scanner. l Operators experience random cross pairings (scanners pair with unintended Talkman devices). l RF transmissions in the workplace fail as a result of radio interference. Possible Causes:
If a scanner remains paired to a Talkman device when work is completed that persistent connection could interfere with another user trying to use that Talkman with a different scanner. The scanner will also try to re-pair by paging or sending repeated bursts of Bluetooth radio traffic through the air. This spurious Bluetooth RF can interfere with other transmissions. Resolutions:
Honeywell strongly recommends that operators unpair scanners and Talkman devices when they are finished using them. 1. Break the pairing between scanner and Talkman. 2. Pair the scanner with its base station, or set the scanner to acceptor mode. These actions ensure that no random pairing will interfere with new pairings and that unpaired scanners will not page and interfere with other RF transmissions. Troubleshooting Wired Scanners If the scanner does not pair or appear to work:
1. Be sure that the scanner is on, Talkman is on and Talkman battery is charged and that the Talkman task in use is one that is set up for scanning. 2. Using VoiceConsole verify that under Advance Settings of task the barcodeport is set to red for its scanning connection. 3. Verify that for the Talkman A720/A720x baud rate set is 19200 . 287 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Troubleshooting Bluetooth Printers If the printer does not pair or appear to work:
1. Be sure that the printer is on, the Talkman device is on, the printer battery and Talkman battery are both charged, and the Talkman voice process software (task or voice application) in use is set up for printing. 2. Using VoiceConsole, verify that the task is set up to use the printerport BT_PRINT for its printing connection in the advanced settings of the task package. 3. Check the Talkman device in VoiceConsole.If the Peripherals Paired With status 4. indicates searching, verify that the correct Bluetooth address was entered. Correct the entry if necessary by following the initial procedure to set up the connection. If the printer still does not print, the pairing with the Talkman may not have been successful. Ensure that the correct security key was entered during Bluetooth pairing of printer with the Talkman. Troubleshooting Wi-Fi Printers NOTE Wi-Fi printing is not supported with the A700x. If the printer does not pair or appear to work:
1. Be sure that the printer is on, the Talkman device is on, the printer battery and Talkman battery are both charged, and the Talkman voice process software (task or voice application) in use is set up for printing. 2. Using VoiceConsole, verify that the task is set up to use the printerport network_print for its printing connection in the advanced settings of the task package. 3. Try re-pairing the printer by performing the following steps. 1. Under Device Action select Pair this device with a peripheral. 2. Select pairing type as Network Printer and then enter the Pairing Name. 3. In the Host field, enter the IP Address assigned to the printer and the communication port to be used. 4. Click "Pair with peripheral" button. 5. Verify that in VoiceConsole under Peripherals Paired With status indicates Assigned. 4. Check the Talkman device in VoiceConsole. If the Peripherals Paired With status 5. indicates searching, verify that the correct IP address and port were entered. Correct the entries if necessary by following the initial procedure to set up the connection. If the printer still does not print, the pairing with the Talkman may not have been successful. Try to navigate the menu option using + and buttons of Talkman. If the Talkman is paired with printer, then the Talkman menu will have two additional options:
Test Network Printer and Network Printer Status. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 288 HONEYWELL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE APPENDIX E Product Documentation Product documentation is available at www.help.honeyaidc.com. en-US
. www.help.honeyaidc.com ar-SA Die Produktdokumentation ist unter www.honeywell.con/freight verfgbar. de-DE La documentacin del producto est disponible en www.help.honeyaidc.com. es-ES La documentacin del producto est disponible en www.help.honeyaidc.com. es-MX La documentation sur le produit est disponible >www.help.honeyaidc.com. fr-CA La documentation du produit est disponible sur le site www.help.honeyaidc.com. fr-FR La documentazione sul prodotto disponibile sul sito www.help.honeyaidc.com. it-IT www.help.honeyaidc.com ja-JP www.help.honeyaidc.com . ko-KR 289 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A documentao do produto est disponvel em www.help.honeyaidc.com. pt-BR www.help.honeyaidc.com. ru-RU rn belgelerine www.help.honeyaidc.com adresinden ulalabilir. tr-TR www.help.honeyaidc.com zh-CN www.help.honeyaidc.com zh-TW Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 290 Statement of Agency Compliance Honeywell devices and wireless headsets are designed to be compliant with the rules and regulations in the locations into which they are sold and are labeled as required. Honeywell devices are type approved and do not require the user to obtain license or authorization before using them. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Honeywell, Inc. could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Vocollect
. Vocollect Vocollect Vocollect
, , . Vocollect ,
. Vocollect. Zazen a bezdrtov nhlavn soupravy Vocollect jsou navreny v souladu s pedpisy v mstech prodeje a jsou poadovanm zpsobem oznaeny. Zazen Vocollect jsou schvlena jako typ a od uivatel nen poadovno zskn licence nebo autorizace k jejich pouvn. Zmny, kter nebyly vslovn odsouhlaseny spolenost Vocollect, Inc., mohou zruit oprvnn uivatele k pouvn zazen. Enheder og trdlse headset fra Honeywell Vocollect Solutions er fremstillet til at vre i overensstemmelse med de regler og bestemmelser, der glder de steder, hvor de slges, og de er mrket i overensstemmelse hermed. Forsigtig: ndringer, som ikke udtrykkeligt er godkendt af producenten, kan ugyldiggre brugerens tilladelse til at benytte udstyret. Gerte und drahtlose Headsets von Honeywell Vocollect Solutions sind so konstruiert, dass sie den Vorschriften und Richtlinien der Lnder entsprechen, in denen sie verkauft werden. Die Gerte sind den Vorschriften entsprechend gekennzeichnet. Vorsicht: Bei nderungen oder Modifikationen am Gert, die nicht ausdrcklich vom Hersteller genehmigt wurden, kann der Benutzer die Berechtigung zum Betrieb des Gerts verlieren.
- Honeywell Vocollect Solutions
. 291 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Los dispositivos y auriculares inalmbricos de Honeywell Vocollect Solutions estn diseados para cumplir con las reglas y regulaciones de los lugares donde se venden y estn etiquetados en consecuencia. Precaucin: los cambios o modificaciones que no hayan sido aprobados expresamente por el fabricante podran implicar la anulacin de la autorizacin del usuario para utilizar el equipo. Los dispositivos y auriculares inalmbricos de Honeywell Vocollect Solutions estn diseados para cumplir con las normas y reglamentos de los lugares en los que se venden y estn etiquetados segn se exige. Precaucin: Los cambios o modificaciones que no apruebe expresamente el fabricante podran anular la autoridad del usuario para operar el equipo. Les appareils et casques sans fil Honeywell Vocollect Solutions sont conus pour tre conformes aux rgles et rglementations en vigueur l o ils sont vendus et sont tiquets conformment aux exigences. Attention : Les changements ou modifications non expressment approuvs par le fabricant pourraient annuler le droit de l'utilisateur de se servir de l'quipement. Les solutions et casques-micros sans fil Vocollect de Honeywell sont conus pour rpondre aux rgles et rglementations des pays o ils sont vendus, et ils sont tiquets en consquence. Attention : Toute transformation ou modification nayant pas fait lobjet dune approbation explicite par le fabricant peut faire perdre lutilisateur son droit dutiliser le matriel. Vocollect
, Vocollect
. Vocollect, Inc
. Ureaji i beine slualice tvrtke Vocollect dizajnirani su kako bi bili sukladni s pravilima i odredbama na lokacijama na kojima se prodaju te su oznaeni prema potrebi. Ureaji tvrtke Vocollect odobreni su glede na vrstu ureaja i korisnik prije uporabe ne mora dobiti licencu ili odobrenje. Promjene ili modifikacije, koje tvrtka Vocollect, Inc. nije izriito odobrila, mogu ponititi korisnikovo pravo na upotrebu opreme. A Honeywell Vocollect Solutions gyrtmny eszkzk s vezetk nlkli fejbeszlk kialaktsuknl fogva eleget tesznek a clpiacok szablyainak s elrsainak, s cmkzsk az elrsok szerinti. Vigyzat: A gyrt kifejezett jvhagysa nlkl vgzett vltoztatsok s mdostsok semmiss tehetik a felhasznl jogt a berendezs zemeltetsre. Perangkat dan headset nirkabel Vocollect dirancang untuk mematuhi peraturan dan undang-
undang di lokasi di mana produk tersebut dijual dan diberi label sesuai permintaan. Perangkat Vocollect adalah jenis yang disetujui dan tidak mengharuskan pengguna untuk memperoleh izin atau otorisasi sebelum menggunakannya. Perubahan atau modifikasi yang tidak disetujui secara tertulis oleh Vocollect, Inc. dapat membatalkan kewenangan pengguna untuk mengoperasikan peralatan tersebut. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 292 I dispositivi e le cuffie wireless Honeywell Vocollect Solutions sono concepiti e costruiti nel rispetto delle norme e dei regolamenti dei paesi nei quali vengono venduti e come tali sono etichettati. Attenzione: eventuali modifiche o cambiamenti non espressamente approvati dal produttore possono invalidare il diritto dell'utente all'uso dell'apparecchio. Honeywell Honeywell Honeywell, Inc. Vocollect
. Vocollect
. Vocollect, Inc. Vocollect ierces un bezvadu mikrofonaustias ir izstrdtas atbilstoi to prdoanas viets spk esoajai normatvajiem aktiem un noteikumiem, k ar martas atbilstoi prasbm. Vocollect ierces ir apstiprintas, un lietotjam pirms to izmantoanas nav jiegdjas licence vai pilnvara. Veicot izmaias vai prveidojumus, kurus Vocollect, Inc. nav skaidri apstiprinjis, var tikt anulta lietotja aprkojuma lietoanas atauja. Peranti dan set kepala wayarles Vocollect direka bentuk agar mematuhi undang-undang dan peraturan di lokasi produk-produk ini dijual dan dilabelkan sebagai wajib. Peranti Vocollect merupakan jenis yang diluluskan dan tidak memerlukan pengguna mendapatkan lesen atau kebenaran sebelum menggunakannya. Perubahan atau pengubahsuaian yang tidak diluluskan dengan nyata oleh Vocollect, Inc. boleh membatalkan kuasa pengguna untuk mengendalikan peralatan. Bij het ontwerpen van de apparaten en draadloze hoofdtelefoons van Honeywell Vocollect Solutions is rekening gehouden met de voorschriften en wet- en regelgeving die gelden voor de locaties waar de producten worden verkocht; ze zijn volgens de verplichtingen getiketteerd. Let op: Wijzigingen of aanpassingen die niet uitdrukkelijk zijn goedgekeurd door de fabrikant kunnen het recht van de gebruiker om deze apparatuur te bedienen ongeldig maken. Honeywell Vocollect Solutions-enheter og trdlse hodetelefoner er utformet til overholde regler og lover der de selges, og blir merket i samsvar med gjeldende krav. Forsiktig: Endringer eller modifiseringer som ikke uttrykt er godkjent av produsenten, kan ugyldiggjre brukerens rett til bruke utstyret. Urzdzenia Honeywell Vocollect Solutions oraz bezprzewodowe zestawy suchawkowe zostay zaprojektowane tak, by zapewni zgodno z przepisami i rozporzdzeniami obowizujcymi w miejscu ich sprzeday, i zostay oznakowane zgodnie z wymogami. Przestroga: Zmiany lub modyfikacje nie zatwierdzone w sposb wyrany przez producenta mog uniewani prawa uytkownika do eksploatacji sprztu. 293 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Os dispositivos, terminais e fones de ouvido sem fio da Vocollect foram projetados em conformidade com as regras e regulamentaes dos locais em que so vendidos, estando apropriadamente identificados. Os dispositivos Vocollect so aprovados e no exigem que o usurio obtenha licena nem autorizao antes de utiliz-los. Alteraes ou modificaes no aprovadas expressamente pela Vocollect, Inc. podem anular o direito do usurio de operar o equipamento. Dispozitivele i ctile cu microfon fr fir Vocollect sunt proiectate n conformitate cu regulile i reglementrile din locaiile n care sunt comercializate i sunt etichetate conform cerinelor. Dispozitivele Vocollect sunt de un tip omologat i nu necesit ca utilizatorul s obin o licen sau o autorizaie pentru a le utiliza. Schimbrile sau modificrile neaprobate n mod expres de Vocollect, Inc. pot anula autoritatea utilizatorului de operare a echipamentului. Honeywell Vocollect Solutions
. Vocollect ureaji i beine slualice su dizajnirani u skladu sa pravilima i propisima koji vae tamo gde se prodaju i oznaeni su u skladu sa zahtevima. Vocollect ureaji imaju tipsko odobrenje i ne zahtevaju da korisnik pribavlja licencu ili odobrenje pre njihovog korienja. Promene ili modifikacije koje Vocollect, Inc. nije izriito odobrio mogu ponititi korisniko odobrenje za rad sa opremom. Honeywell Vocollect Solutions enheter och trdlsa headset uppfyller alla regler och lagar p de platser dr de sljs och de r mrkta i enlighet med detta. Varning: ndringar eller modifikationer som inte uttryckligen godknts av tillverkaren kan ventyra anvndarens tillstnd att anvnda utrustningen. Vocollect Vocollect Vocollect, Inc. Honeywell
, , . Honeywell
. , Honeywell, Inc.,
. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 294 Honeywell Honeywell Honeywell, Inc. Honeywell Honeywell Honeywell, Inc. 295 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Federal Communications Commission Compliance FCC Class B Compliance Statement Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. this device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 296 RF Exposure Statement WARNING Honeywell Wireless products comply with International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), IEEE C95.1, Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology (OET) Bulletin 65, Canada RSS-102, and European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization(CENELEC) limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) radiation. CAUTION Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation. l The following devices each contain an internal low-power radio: Talkman devices and SRX/SRX2/SRX3/SRX-SL Wireless Headset. l The radiated output power of Honeywell devices and headsets is far below the FCC/IC/EU radio frequency exposure limits. l Nevertheless, Honeywell devices shall be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact with the radio antenna during normal operation is minimized. The device should not be used if the case is open or if the internal antenna is exposed. When not in use, the Honeywell devices should be powered off. In addition, the device should be worn in accordance with the instructions for this device. l Users should also be advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users
(i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. CAUTION Exposition aux radiations de frquences radio. l Les appareils suivants contiennent chacun une radio de faible puissance interne:
Talkman dispositifs et casque sans fil SRX/SRX2/SRX3/SRX-SL. l La puissance de rayonnement des appareils de Honeywell et casques est bien infrieure aux limites d'exposition aux frquences radio de la FCC/IC/EU. l Nanmoins, les dispositifs Honeywell doivent tre utiliss de telle sorte que le potentiel pour le contact humain avec l'antenne de la radio pendant le fonctionnement normal est rduit au minimum. L'appareil ne doit pas tre utilis si le botier est ouvert ou si l'antenne interne est expose. Lorsqu'il n'est pas utilis, les dispositifs de Honeywell doivent tre teints. En outre, l'appareil doit tre port en conformit avec les instructions pour cet appareil. l es utilisateurs devraient galement tre avertis que les radars de grande puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (utilisateur prioritaires) des bandes de frquences 52505350MHzet 56505850MHz et que ces radars peuvent provoquer des interfrences et/ou endommager les priphriques LE-LAN. Honeywell products contain one of the following radio devices. See device label. 297 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Honeywell Device Card Manufacturer and FCC ID#
Canadian ID #
Maximum SAR Value Appareil de Honeywell P/N Fabricant de la carte et P/N La valeur maximale 1 gm avg. 10 gm avg. CSR8675C-IBBH-R HD5-HBT1500-
1693B-
01 HBT150001 0.01 W/kg No data available SRX3 A710x Model: TAP1010-01 A720x EMMY-W163B HD5-TAP1000-
1693B-
Model: TAP1020-01 NXP PN7150B0HNC110xx 01 TAP100001 A730x Model: TAP1030-01 A710x Model: TAP1010-02 A720x Model: TAP1020-02 A730x Model: TAP1030-02 Laird 60-SIPT Series PN LBEE5XV1YM-SMP NXP PN7150B0HNC110xx HD5-TAP1000-
1693B-
02 TAP100002 0.44 0.72 0.43 0.48 0.70 0.35 0.91 0.41 1.12 0.49 0.97 0.38 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 298 Canadian Compliance Conformit la rglementation canadienne This device contains license-exempt transmitters(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas license-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil contient des metteurs/rcepteurs exempts de licence conformes la norme Innovation, Sciences, et Dveloppement conomique Canada. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage. 2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. Operation of this device in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. l Lutilisation de ce priphrique dans la bande de frquences 51505250 MHz est seulement possible en intrieur afin de rduire dventuelles interfrences avec e canal commun des systmes mobiles par satellite. Mexican Compliance Cumplimiento de normas mexicana La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones:
1. es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y 2. este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. 299 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Chinese Compliance Terminals
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Part name) A710x TAP1010-01
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(Hazardous substance)
(PB)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 300 10
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Part name) A720x TAP1020-01
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(PB) O X O O
(Hazardous substance)
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd) O O O O
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572)
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Part name) A730x TAP1030-01
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(PB) X X O O
(Hazardous substance)
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd) O O O O
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) 301 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 1010 Headsets
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Part name) SRX3 HBT1500-01
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(PB) O X O O
(Hazardous substance)
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd) O O O O
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 302 10 Chargers
(Part name) A700 / A700X Chargers TCH901-01 TCH901-02 TCH902-01 TCH902-02
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Hazardous substance)
(PB) O X O O
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd)
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) 303 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 10
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Part name) A700 / A700x VMT TVM904-01
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(Hazardous substance)
(PB) O X X O
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd) O O O O
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572)
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Hazardous substance)
(PB) O X O O
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd) O O O O
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O
(Part name) SRX2 / SRX3 Chargers HCG1000-01 HCG1000-02 HCG1000-06
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery) SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 304 1010 Batteries
(Part name) A700 / A700X Batteries TBA901-01 TBA901-03 TBA902-01 TBA902-03
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Hazardous substance)
(PB) O X O X
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd)
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) 305 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 5
(Names and content of Hazardous Substances in the Product)
(Part name) SRX2 / SRX3 Battery HBA1000-02 HBA1000-03
(2D Imager)
(PCB)
(Cables)
(Battery)
(Hazardous substance)
(PB) O X O O
(Hg) O O O O
(Cd) O O O O
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T 11364
(This table is created in accordance to SJ/T 11364 ) o: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part is below the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) x: GB/T 26572
(Indicates that this hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogeneous materials for this part is above the limit requirement in China's GB/T 26572) Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 306 5 Taiwan Compliance Equipment name
( ) TAP802-1 Type designation (Type) Restricted substances and its chemical symbols Unit Lead
(Pb) Mercury
(Hg) Cadmium
(Cd) Hexavalent chromium
(Cr+6) Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) Polybrominated diphenyl ehters
(PBDE) 1.0.1 wt % 0.01 wt %
Note 1Exceeding 0.1 wt % and exceeding 0.01 wt % indicate that the percentage content of the restricted substance exceeds the reference percentage value of presence condition. 2. Note 2 indicates that the percentage content of the restricted substance does not exceed the percentage of reference value of presence. 3. Note 3The indicates that the restricted substance corresponds to the exemption Honeywell Taiwan LTD, Address: (23553) 10F., No.168, Liancheng Rd., Zhonghe Dist., New Taipei City 235, Taiwan
(R.O.C.), Tel: +886 2 22451000#325 NCC caution HBT1500-01:
(1)
(2) 307 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Korean Compliance Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 308 Russian Compliance EAC
( EAC),
(Products intended for sale in Russia, Kazakhstan, and Belarus are labeled with the EAC mark, which indicates compliance with the Customs Union requirements and standards. Amendments to these requirements and standards are included.)
(Model)
(Part
(Model Number) Number) Honeywell SRX3 HD-1500-101 HBT1500-01 SRX3 CM-1000-20 HCG1000-01 Made in Mexico, Ratings (voltage), : 100240V~ 1A, 50/60Hz
: .. , , "" , 140573, , ., ,
., Compliance agent: L.N. Golubova, CEO, Dofin, Ltd., Boiarkino, Ozersky area, Moscow region, 140573 Russia CE Marking & European Compliance 309 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide A700x Products intended for sale within the European Union are marked with the CE Mark, which indicates compliance to applicable Directives and European Normes (EN) as follows. Amendments to these Directives or ENs are included. Model Name Part Number Model Number A710 A720 A730 TT-1010 TT-1020 TT-1030 TAP1010-01 TAP1020-01 TAP1030-01 This wireless device operates in the 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, and 13.56 MHz frequency bands and is intended for light industrial use in all EU and EFTA member states.See restrictions below. European Community Restrictions BE ES HU SK BG FR MT FI CZ HR NL SE DK IT AT IS DE CY PL NO EE LV PT LI IE LT RO CH EL LU SI 2.4GHz Restrictions 2400-2483.5 MHz band FR Outdoor use is limited to 10mW e.i.r.p. within the band 24542483.5 MHz. There are no restrictions when used in other parts of the 2,4 GHz band. Check http://www.arcep.fr/ for more details. This product meets the National Radio Interface and the requirements specified in the Nation Frequency Allocation Table IT for Italy. Unless this wireless LAN product is operating within the boundaries of the owner's property, its use requires a
"general authorization." Please check http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/ for more details 5GHz Restrictions 5150-5350 MHz band:
Channels 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, or 64, are restricted to indoor use only for the entire European Community:
BE ES HU SK BG FR MT FI CZ HR NL SE DK IT AT UK DE CY PL IS EE LV PT NO IE LT RO LI EL LU SI CH This device must be used with Access Points that have employed and activated a radar detection feature required for European Community operation in the 5 GHz bands. This device will operate under the control of the Access Point in order to avoid operating on a channel occupied by any radar system in the area. The presence of nearby radar operation may result in temporary interruption in communications of this device. The Access Point's radar detection feature will automatically restart operation on a channel free of radar. You may consult with the local Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 310
!technical support staff responsible for the wireless network to ensure the Access Point device(s) are properly configured for European Community operation. In order to ensure compliance with the latest European standards, VoiceCatalyst 2.1.1 or newer or VoiceClient 3.9.1 or newer voice software must be loaded on A700 devices. Nominal Channel Bandwidths l 2.4 Ghz band 802.11b: 22 MHz l 2.4 Ghz band 802.11g/n: 20 MHz l 5 Ghz band 802.11a/n: 20 MHz 2.4 GHz WLAN/Wi-Fi Channel Availability (802.11 bgn) Channel Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Lower Freq Center Freq Upper Freq Europe ETSI North Japan MHz 2401 2406 2411 2416 2421 2426 2431 2436 2441 2446 2451 2456 2461 2473 MHz 2412 2417 2422 2427 2432 2437 2442 2447 2452 2457 2462 2467 2472 2484 MHz 2423 2428 2433 2438 2443 2448 2453 2458 2463 2468 2473 2478 2483 2495 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No America FCC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 802.11 b only 311 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 5 GHz WLAN/Wi-Fi Channel Availability (802.11 an) Channel Number Frequency MHz Europe ETSI North America FCC Japan 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 5180 5200 5220 5240 5260 5280 5300 5320 5500 5520 5540 5560 5580 5600 5620 5640 5660 5680 5700 Indoors Indoors Indoors Indoors Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Yes Yes Yes Yes DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS DFS Indoors/DFS/TPC No Access Indoors/DFS/TPC No Access Indoors/DFS/TPC No Access Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC Indoors/DFS/TPC DFS DFS DFS Yes Yes Yes Yes DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC DFS/TPC 802.11b Nominal Power Values Channel Frequency (MHz) Transmitter Power (EIRP) ERP + Antenna Gain (2.18 dBi) at worst case levels Average (dBm) Limit (dBm) Margin (dB) 2412 2442 2472 18.3 18.3 18.8 20.0 20.0 20.0
-2.3
-2.4
-1.9 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 312 802.11g Nominal Power Values Channel Frequency (MHz) Transmitter Power (EIRP) ERP + Antenna Gain (2.18 dBi) at worst case levels Average (dBm) Limit (dBm) Margin (dB) 2412 2442 2472 17.7 17.6 18.1 20.0 20.0 20.0
-2.3
-2.4
-1.9 802.11n Nominal Power Values Channel Frequency (MHz) Transmitter Power (EIRP) ERP + Antenna Gain (2.18 dBi) at worst case levels Average (dBm) Limit (dBm) Margin (dB) 17.7 17.7 18.2 20.0 20.0 20.0
-2.3
-2.3
-1.8 2412 2442 2472 FHSS Channel Frequency (MHz) Transmitter Power (EIRP) ERP + Antenna Gain (2.18 dBi) at worst case levels Average (dBm) Limit (dBm) Margin (dB)
-1.5
-1.5
-1.6 20.0 20.0 20.0
-21.5
-21.5
-21.6 2402 2441 2480 5 GHz Channel Frequency (MHz) 802.11n EIRP 802.11a EIRP 5180 5320 5500 5700 Maximum Power Values Frequency Band (MHz) 18.1 19.1 20 19.4 13.56 24022480 24122472 51805700 313 18 19 19.9 19.2 Maximum Powser
-3.9 dBuA/m @ 10m
-1.5 dBm 18.8 dBm 20.0 dBm Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Operating Temperature Device A710 TAP910-01 A720 TAP920-01 A730 TAP930-01 EU/CE Contact:
Honeywell Productivity Solutions B.V. Lagelandseweg 70 6545CG Nijmegen The Netherlands Temperature
-30C to 50C
-30C to 50C
-20C to 50C SRX3 Products intended for sale within the European Union are marked with the CE Mark, which indicates compliance to applicable Directives and European Normes (EN) as follows. Amendments to these Directives or ENs are included. Model Name SRX3 Part Number HD-1500-101 Model Number HBT1500-01 This device is a 2.4 GHz wireless device intended for light industrial use in all EU and EFTA member states. EU/CE Contact:
Honeywell Productivity Solutions B.V. Lagelandseweg 70 6545CG Nijmegen The Netherlands Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 314 United Kingdom Contact United Kingdom Contact:
United Kingdom Honeywell Scanning and Mobility Honeywell House, Skimped Hill Lane, Bracknell, Berkshire, RG12 1EB Phone: +44 (0)1344921052 Regulatory Approvals for Bluetooth Radio Devices Honeywell devices that contain an integrated Bluetooth module are designed to comply with the most current applicable standards on safe levels of RF energy, developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the American National Standards Institute Communications Commission (FCC). The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Honeywell is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 315 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Laser Compliance and Precaution (USA, Canada ) A730x The A730x is registered with the CDRH as a Class 2 Laser Product (21 CFR Subchapter J, Part 1040). This product has a maximum output of 1 mW at 630-680 nm. CAUTION There are no user serviceable parts inside the A700x. Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein, may result in hazardous laser light exposure of up to 1 mW at 630-680 nm. NOTE
/A730There are no controls or adjustments provided for routine operation or maintenance of the A730x. Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 316 Imager Compliance and Precaution (USA, Canada ) A730x LED Safety - The scan engine in the A730x complies with IEC 62471:2006-07. The scan engine in A730x is classified as Risk Group 1. l Exempt (No photobiological hazards based on the limits defined in the standard) l Risk Group 1 (Low-Risk does not pose a hazard based on normal behavioral limitations on exposure) l Risk Group 2 (Moderate-Risk does not pose a serious risk due to the aversion response to very bright light sources or due to thermal discomfort) 317 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Imager Compliance and Precaution (Europe) A730x LASER Safety - The scan engine in the A730x complies with IEC 60825-1:2007 / IEC 60825-
1:2014 Class 2 (1 mW, 630-680 nm). LED Safety - The scan engine in the A730x complies with IEC 62471:2006-07 / EN 62471:2008 The scan engine in the A730x is classified as Risk Group 1. l Exempt (No photobiological hazards based on the limits defined in the standard) l Risk Group 1 (Low-Risk does not pose a hazard based on normal behavioral limitations to exposure) l Risk Group 2 (Moderate-Risk does not pose a serious risk due to the aversion response to very bright light sources or due to thermal discomfort) Declarations of Conformity Declarations of Conformity can be found at help.honeywellaidc.com/compliance.html. A700x Radio Domain Information Country Codes Country Name Albania Algeria Argentina Armenia Aruba Australia Austria - ETSI Azerbaijan Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain AL DZ AR AM AW AU AT AZ BH BD BB ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI EU DZ US IL EU AU EU IL CN BD CN Power ETSI GITEKI FCC GE ETSI ETSI ETSI GE GITEKI GITEKI FCC Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 318 Country Name Belarus Belgium ETSI Belize Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Brazil Brunei Darussalam Bulgaria Cambodia Canada Chile China Colombia Cost Rica Croatia Cyprus ETSI Czech Republic ETSI Denmark ETSI Dominican Republic Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Estonia ETSI Finland ETSI France ETSI Georgia Germany ETSI Greece ETSI Greenland Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain BY BE BZ BO BA BR BN BG KH CA CL CN CO CR HR CY CZ DK DO EC EG SV EE FI FR GE DE GR GL ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI EU EU BD NG EU US CN AU EU CA CN CN US US EU EU EU EU CN US IL CN EU EU EU IL AU EU EU Power ETSI ETSI GITEKI GITEKI ETSI FCC GITEKI ETSI ETSI FCC GITEKI FCC FCC FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC FCC ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI GE ETSI ETSI ETSI 319 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Country Name Grenada Guam Guatemala Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary ETSI Iceland ETSI India Indonesia Iran, Islamic Republic of Ireland Isarel Italy ETSI Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Korea, Republic of Korea, Democratic People's Republic of Kuwait Latvia ETSI Lebanon Liechtenstein ETSI Lithuania ETSI Luxembourg ETSI Macao Macedonia, The former Yugoslav Republic of Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain Power GD GU GT HT HN HK HU IS IN ID IR IE IL IT JM JP JO KZ KE KR KP KW LV LB LI LT LU MO MK FCC FCC FCC FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI TELEC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI US US CN US US AU EU EU CN ID BD EU IL EU US EU JO KE AU KP IL EU US EU EU EU US EU FCC FCC FCC FCC FCC HK ETSI ETSI GITEKI GITEKI GITEKI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC GITEKI GITEKI FCC GITEKI GITEKI GITEKI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 320 Country Name Malaysia Malta Mexico Monaco Morocco Nepal Netherland ETSI Netherlands Antilles New Zealand Nicaragua Norway ETSI Oman Pakistan Panama Papua New Guinea Peru Philippines Poland ETSI Portugal ETSI Puerta Rico Qatar Romania ETSI Russian Federation Rwanda Saint Barthlemy Saudi Arabia Serbia Singapore Slovakia ETSI Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain MY MT MX MC MA NP NL AN NZ NI NO OM PK PA PG PE PH PL PT PR QA RO RU RW BL SA RS SG SK ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI MY EU US EU IL CN AU EU US US EU EU BD CN US US US EU EU US BD EU RU US EU EU EU US EU Power FCC ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI GITEKI ETSI ETSI HK FCC ETSI ETSI GITEKI FCC FCC FCC FCC ETSI ETSI FCC GITEKI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI 321 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Country Name Slovenia ETSI South Africa Spain ETSI Sri Lanka Sweden ETSI Switzerland Syrian Arab Republic Taiwan Thailand Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom ETSI United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Venezuela Viet Nam Yemen Zimbabwe World Wide Andorra Afghanistan Anguilla America Samoa Burkina Faso Bermuda Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain Power SI ZA ES LK SE CH SY TW TH TT TN TR UA AE GB US UY UZ VE VN YE ZW 00 AD AF AI AS BF BM ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI WW ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI FCC EU EU EU US EU EU AU US US IL EU UA US EU US CN IL CN US EU WW EU EU EU US US US ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI FCC FCC FCC FCC ETSI ETSI UA FCC ETSI FCC FCC ETSI FCC FCC FCC ETSI WW FCC ETSI ETSI FCC FCC FCC Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 322 Country Name Bahamas Bhutan Central African Republic Ivory Cost Cuba Christmas Island Dominica Ethiopia Micronesia French Guiana Ghana Guadeloupe Guyana Saint Kitts and Nevis Cayman Islands Saint Lucia Lesotho Moldova Montenegro Saint Martin Marshall Islands Mongolia Northern Mariana Islands Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Maldives Malawi Nigeria Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain Power BS BT CF CI CU CX DM ET FM GF GH GP GY KN KY LC LS MD ME MF MH MN MP MQ MR MU MV MW NG ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI US EU US US US CN EU US EU US EU BD LC US LC EU EU EU EU US US US EU EU US CN EU NG FCC ETSI FCC FCC FCC FCC FCC ETSI FCC ETSI FCC ETSI FCC UA FCC UA ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC FCC FCC ETSI ETSI FCC UA ETSI HK 323 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Country Name Country Code 2.4G Regulatory Domain 5G Regulatory Domain Power French Polynesia Saint Pierre and Miquelon Palau Paraguay Reunion Senegal Suriname Turks and Caicos Islands Chad Togo Tanzania Uganda Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Virgin Islands Vanuatu Wallis and Futuna Samoa Mayotte PF PM PW PY RE SN SR TC TD TG TZ UG VC VI VU WF WS YT ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI ETSI EU EU US US EU US EU US EU EU BD US EU US US EU EU EU ETSI ETSI FCC FCC ETSI FCC ETSI FCC ETSI ETSI FCC FCC ETSI FCC FCC ETSI ETSI ETSI 2.4G Regulatory Domains Channel ETSI -
ETSI ETSI -
FCC ETSI -
GE ETSI -
GITEKI ETSI -
HK ETSI -
UA FCC -
FCC TELEC -
GITEKI WW -
WW 1 2 3 4 5 6 S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 324 Channel ETSI -
ETSI ETSI -
FCC ETSI -
GE ETSI -
GITEKI ETSI -
HK ETSI -
UA FCC -
FCC TELEC -
GITEKI WW -
WW S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 S S S S S S S S S S S S S D D D S Supported D DFS 5G Regulatory Domains Channel BD -
FCC BD -
GITEKI CA -
FCC CN -
FCC CN -
GITEKI CN -
UA AU -
ETSI 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D D 325 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Channel BD -
FCC BD -
GITEKI CA -
FCC CN -
FCC CN -
GITEKI CN -
UA AU -
ETSI 128 132 136 140 144 149 153 157 161 165 S Supported D DFS D D D D S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S D D D D S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Channel AU -
FCC AU -
GITEKI AU -
HK DZ -
GITEKI EU -
ETSI EU -
FCC EU -
GITEKI 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 116 120 S S S S D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 326 Channel AU -
FCC AU -
GITEKI AU -
HK DZ -
GITEKI EU -
ETSI EU -
FCC EU -
GITEKI D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D S S S S S 124 128 132 136 140 144 149 153 157 161 165 S Supported D DFS D D D D D S S S S S D D D D D S S S S S Channel EU -
UA ID -
GITEKI IL -
ETSI IL -
GE JO -
GITEKI KE -
GITEKI KP -
GITEKI 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 116 S S S S D D D D D D D D D S S S S S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D 327 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Channel EU -
UA ID -
GITEKI IL -
ETSI IL -
GE JO -
GITEKI KE -
GITEKI KP -
GITEKI D D D D D D 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 149 153 157 161 165 S Supported D DFS S S S S D D S S S S S S S S S S S Channel LC -
UA MY -
FCC NG -
GITEKI NG -
HK RU -
ETSI UA -
UA US -
FCC 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 100 104 108 112 S S S S D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D S S S S D D D D D D D D Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 328 Channel LC -
UA MY -
FCC NG -
GITEKI NG -
HK RU -
ETSI UA -
UA US -
FCC D D D D D D D S S S S 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 149 153 157 161 165 S Supported D DFS D D D D S S S S S D D D D D S S S S S D D D D D D D S S S S S S D D D S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S 329 Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide Voice Device and Headset Hardware Reference Guide 330
1 2 3 4 | Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 4.21 MiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release |
1 2 3 4 | External Photos | External Photos | 912.62 KiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release |
1 2 3 4 | ID Label/Location Info | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | ID Label Info | ID Label/Location Info | 294.97 KiB | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
A710X Product Label without Battery view PATENT: wrrw.hampata.com FCC ID: HDS-TAP1000-02
(C: 1693B-TAP100002 ENGINEERING SAMPLE:
HHS CLASS 8 DIGITAL APPARATUS MEETS ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF FOC PART 15 AND CAN ICES SOY MO". P/N: 3008-9393-0018 A720X Product Label without Battery view
(c:16898-Ta100002 ENGINEERING SAMPLE:
WIFI ADD: COEESO6BEzec
|BT ADD: COEE406BEZ6D th Wis CLASS B OIGITAL APPARATUS MEETS ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF FOC PART 15.
{ND CANICES-2BYNMA-30. COUNTRY OF ORIGIN: MEXICO P/W: 3009-9335-0018 A730X Product Label without Battery view IC: 16938-TAPLOoOg?
WIFIADD; COEE4O6BESFO ENGINEERING SAMPLE BTADD: COEES0SBE3F1 COMPLIES WITH 23 CFR, 2080
"Vo LAS BOLGTAL APs MEETS ie ALLTWE REQUREMENTS OF PART AND CANCE S/O 30 JCOUNTRY OF ORIGIN: MEXICO PPM; 3008-9337-0018,
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | EMC Test Set- Up Photos | Test Setup Photos | 798.49 KiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release |
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | RF Exposure Info | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | SAR Test Set- Up Photos | Test Setup Photos | 514.35 KiB | September 23 2022 / March 26 2023 | delayed release |
1 2 3 4 | Attestation Statements | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
1 2 3 4 | Client Non-associated Mode Attestation | Attestation Statements | 142.48 KiB | September 23 2022 / September 27 2022 |
Safety and Productivity Solutions 9680 Old Bailes Road Fort Mill, SC 29707 USA www.honeywell.com sps.honeywell.com Date : August 22, 2022 Subject:StatementofConformity FCCID:HD5TAP100002 IC:1693BTAP100002 ToWhomifmayconcern, We,CompanyNamedeclarethatthedevicedoesnotsupportnonUSchannel,countrycodeselectioninall theoperationalmode(s),likeAdHocetc.forthefollowingproduct.Also,theclientsoftwareand associateddriverswillnotinitiateanytransmissiononDFSfrequencieswithoutinitiationbyamasterand thedevicewithoutsupportDFSdetectioncapability.Thisincludesrestrictionontransmissionsforbeacons andsupportforadhocpeertopeermodes. Sincerely, Gretchen Bullen Gretchen.Bullen@honeywell.com Quality Engineer III Product Compliance Honeywell International Inc SPS (Safety and Productivity Solutions) Office:+1-412-222-4097
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2022-09-27 | 13.56 ~ 13.56 | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | Original Equipment |
2 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
3 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
4 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 | Effective |
2022-09-27
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Honeywell International Inc
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0017363995
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
9680 Old Bailes Rd
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Fort Mill, SC
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | TCB Application Email Address |
h******@acbcert.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | TCB Scope |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Grantee Code |
HD5
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Product Code |
TAP1000-02
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
M******** S********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Title |
Global Regulatory Compliance Manager
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
80383********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
80383********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
m******@honeywell.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
Honeywell International Inc
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
G**** B******
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
G**** N**** B********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
2555 Smallman Street
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Pittsurgh, 15222
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
Pittsburgh, 15222
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
G******@honeywell.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
G******@honeywel.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 03/26/2023 | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Class | DXX - Part 15 Low Power Communication Device Transmitter | ||||
1 2 3 4 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
1 2 3 4 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Handheld Communication Device | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Grant Comments | Output Power is conducted. End users must be informed of body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values are: Body-worn: 0.95 W/kg; Extremity: 1.07 W/kg; and Simultaneous Body-worn and Extremity Transmission: 1.24 W/kg and 2.29 W/kg, respectively. This device supports 20, and 40 MHz BW modes, and also contains Bluetooth, NFC, and WLAN transmitters. | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Output Power is conducted. End users must be informed of body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values are: Body-worn: 0.12 W/kg; Extremity: 0.13 W/kg; and Simultaneous Body-worn and Extremity Transmission: 1.24 W/kg and 2.29 W/kg, respectively. This device also contains NFC, BLE, and WLAN transmitters. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Output Power is conducted. End users must be informed of body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values are: Body-worn: 1.12 W/kg; Extremity: 2.16 W/kg; and Simultaneous Body-worn and Extremity Transmission: 1.24 W/kg and 2.29 W/kg, respectively. This device supports 20, 40, and 80 MHz BW modes, and also contains Bluetooth, BLE, NFC, and WLAN transmitters. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
Laird Connectivity, Inc
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
A******** A********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
262 3********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
262 3********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
a******@lairdconnect.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 13.56000000 | 13.56000000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2412 | 2462 | 0.0589 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.0047 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0102000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15E | CC | 5180 | 5240 | 0.0275 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 2 | 15E | CC | 5260 | 5320 | 0.0178 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 3 | 15E | CC | 5500 | 5700 | 0.0589 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 4 | 15E | CC | 5745 | 5825 | 0.0513 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC